Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

i+was+born+in+the+north

  • 1 अत्रि _atri

    अत्रि a. [properly अ<?>, Uṇ.4.68, अदेस्त्रिनिश्च, अद्-त्रिन्] Devourer; अत्रिमनु स्वराज्यमग्निभ् Rv.2.8.5.
    -त्रिः N. of a celebrated sage and author of many Vedic hymns. [He appears in the Vedas in hymns addressed to Agni, Indra, the Aśvins and the Viśve- devas. In the Svāyambhuva Manvantara, he appears as one of the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons of Brahmā, being born from his eye. These sons having died by the curse of Śiva, Brahmā performed a sacrifice, at the beginning of the present Vaivasvata Manvantara, and Atri was born from the flames of Agni. Anasūyā was his wife in both lives. In the first, she bore him three sons, Datta, Durvāsas and Soma; in the second, she had two additional children, a son by name Arya- man and a daughter called Amalā. In the Rāmāyaṇa an account is given of the visit paid by Rāma and Sītā to Atri and Anasūyā in their hermitage, when they both received them most kindly. (See Anasūyā.) As a Riṣi or sage he is one of the seven sages who were all sons of Brahmā, and represents in Astronomy one of the stars of the Great Bear situated in the north. He is also the author of a code of laws known as अत्रिस्मृति or अत्रिसंहिता. In the Purāṇas he is said to have produced the moon from his eye, while he was practising austere penance, the moon being in consequ- ence called अत्रिज, -जात, -दृग्ज, अत्रिनेत्रप्रसूत, -˚प्रभव, ˚भव &c.; cf. also अथ नयनसमुत्थं ज्योतिरत्रेरिव द्यौः R.2.75. and अत्रेरिवेन्दुः V.5.21] - (pl.) descendants of Atri.
    -अत्री wife of अत्रि; अत्रिरञ्य नमस्कर्ता Mb.13.17.38.
    -Comp. -चतुरहः N. of a Sacrifice.
    -जातः 1 The moon.
    -2 Datta.
    -3 Durvāsas.
    -भारद्वाजिका Marriage of descendants of Atri with those of Bhāradvāja.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अत्रि _atri

  • 2 शिशुः _śiśuḥ

    शिशुः [शो-कु सन्वद्भावः द्वित्वम् cf. Uṇ.1.2]
    1 A child, an infant; शिशुर्वा शिष्या वा U.4.11.
    -2 The young of any animal (as a calf, puppy, fawn &c.); नष्टाशङ्का हरिणशिशवो मन्दमन्दं चरन्ति Ś.1.15;7.14,18.
    -3 A boy under eight or sixteen years of age.
    -4 A pupil, scholar.
    -5 An elephant in the sixth year; Mātaṅga L.5.8.
    -Comp. -कृच्छ्रम् a form of penance.
    -क्रन्दः, क्रन्दनम् the cry or weeping of a child.
    -क्रन्दीयः (i. e. ग्रन्थः) a work treating of the complaints of children; P.IV. 3.88.
    -गन्धा a kind of jasmine (double jasmine).
    -चान्द्रायणम् a lunar penance of children; चतुरः प्रातरश्नीयात् पिण्डान् विप्रः समाहितः । चतुरो$स्तमिते सूर्ये शिशुचान्द्रा- यणं स्मृतम् ॥ Ms.11.219.
    -नागः 1 a young elephant.
    -2 a young snake.
    -नामन् m. a camel.
    -पालः N. of of a king of the Chedis and son of Damaghoṣa. [According to the Viṣṇu Purāṇa this monarch was, in a pre- vious existence, the unrighteous Hiraṇyakaśipu, king of the Asuras who was killed by Viṣṇu in the form of Narasiṁha. He was next born as the ten-headed Rāvaṇa who was killed by Rāma. Then he was born as the son of Damaghoṣa, and continued his enmity to Kṛiṣṇa, the eighth incarnation of Viṣṇu, with even greater implacability; see Śi.1. He denounced Kṛiṣṇa when they met at the Rājasūya sacrifice of Yudhiṣṭhira, but his head was cut off by Kṛiṣṇa with his discus. His death forms the subject of a celebrated poem by Māgha.] ˚हन् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -प्रियः treacle. (
    -यम्) the white water-lily.
    -मारः 1 the Gangetic porpoise.
    -2 a collection of stars held to be a form of Viṣṇu. ˚शिरस् n. the north-east quarter; शिशुमार- शिरः प्राप्य न्यविशंस्ते स्म पार्थिवाः Mb.1.185.16.
    -वाहकः, -वाह्यकः a wild goat.
    -हत्या child-murder, infanticide.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > शिशुः _śiśuḥ

  • 3 estrella

    adj.
    star.
    producto estrella star o flagship product
    f.
    1 star (astro).
    tener buena/mala estrella to be lucky/unlucky
    estrella fugaz shooting star
    estrella polar Pole Star
    2 star (artista, deportista).
    es la estrella del equipo he's the star of the team
    estrella invitada guest star
    3 star.
    un hotel de cuatro estrellas a four-star hotel
    4 Estrella.
    pres.indicat.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: estrellar.
    imperat.
    2nd person singular (tú) Imperative of Spanish verb: estrellar.
    * * *
    1 (gen) star
    2 figurado (destino) destiny, fate
    \
    haber nacido con buena estrella figurado to be born under a lucky star
    tener buena estrella / tener mala estrella figurado to be lucky / be unlucky
    estrella de cine film star
    estrella de mar starfish
    estrella errante / estrella fugaz shooting star
    * * *
    noun f.
    1) star
    2) fate, fortune
    * * *
    1. SF
    1) (Astron) star
    - ver las estrellas
    nacer 1., 1)
    2) (Tip) asterisk, star
    3) (Cine, Teat) star

    ¿quién es la estrella de la película? — who's the star of the film?, who stars in the film?

    estrella de cine — film star, movie star (EEUU)

    4) (Mil) star, pip
    5) (Zool) blaze, white patch
    2.
    ADJ INV star antes de s
    * * *
    1)
    a) (Astron) star

    ver (las) estrellasto see stars

    b) ( suerte)

    tener buena/mala estrella — to be born lucky/unlucky

    unos nacen con estrella y otros nacen estrellados — (fam & hum) some are born under a lucky star and some are born seeing stars (hum)

    2)
    a) ( como símbolo) star
    b) ( asterisco) asterisk
    3) ( ídolo) star
    * * *
    = star, flagship.
    Nota: Véase ship para otras entradas acabadas con este sufijo.
    Ex. The two sat gravely in silence, Modjeski fingering the stars on her necklace while she thought.
    Ex. The main library may the be flagship of the system, and its large collection and monumental architecture the pride and joy of the community boosters, but it is the branch library where people come to get their reading material.
    ----
    * aficionado a contemplar las estrellas = stargazer.
    * aficionado a mirar las estrellas = stargazer.
    * aficionado a observar las estrellas = stargazer.
    * a la luz de las estrellas = by starlight.
    * Posesivo + buena estrella = Posesivo + lucky star.
    * con forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].
    * contemplación de las estrellas = star watch.
    * contemplar las estrellas = stargaze.
    * de cinco estrellas = 5-star [five-star].
    * de cuatro estrellas = four-star.
    * dormir bajo las estrellas = sleep under + the stars.
    * en forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].
    * estrella de cine = movie star, film-star.
    * estrella de la música pop = pop star.
    * estrella del escenario = stage star.
    * estrella de mar = starfish.
    * estrella fugaz = rustling star, shooting star, falling star.
    * estrella polar = Pole Star [polestar. -USA], lodestar.
    * estrella polar, la = Polaris, North Star, the.
    * estrella venida a menos = fallen star.
    * guerra de las estrellas = battle of the stars.
    * joven estrella = starlet.
    * lleno de estrellas = starry.
    * llorarle a las estrellas = cry for + the moon, ask for + the moon, reach for + the moon.
    * luz de las estrellas = starlight.
    * mirar las estrellas = stargaze.
    * pieza estrella = showpiece.
    * polvo de estrellas = stardust.
    * producto estrella = star product.
    * puntuación con estrellas = star rating.
    * red en forma de estrella = star network [star-network].
    * súper estrella = superstar.
    * valoración con estrellas = star rating.
    * ver las estrellas = see + stars.
    * * *
    1)
    a) (Astron) star

    ver (las) estrellasto see stars

    b) ( suerte)

    tener buena/mala estrella — to be born lucky/unlucky

    unos nacen con estrella y otros nacen estrellados — (fam & hum) some are born under a lucky star and some are born seeing stars (hum)

    2)
    a) ( como símbolo) star
    b) ( asterisco) asterisk
    3) ( ídolo) star
    * * *
    = star, flagship.
    Nota: Véase ship para otras entradas acabadas con este sufijo.

    Ex: The two sat gravely in silence, Modjeski fingering the stars on her necklace while she thought.

    Ex: The main library may the be flagship of the system, and its large collection and monumental architecture the pride and joy of the community boosters, but it is the branch library where people come to get their reading material.
    * aficionado a contemplar las estrellas = stargazer.
    * aficionado a mirar las estrellas = stargazer.
    * aficionado a observar las estrellas = stargazer.
    * a la luz de las estrellas = by starlight.
    * Posesivo + buena estrella = Posesivo + lucky star.
    * con forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].
    * contemplación de las estrellas = star watch.
    * contemplar las estrellas = stargaze.
    * de cinco estrellas = 5-star [five-star].
    * de cuatro estrellas = four-star.
    * dormir bajo las estrellas = sleep under + the stars.
    * en forma de estrella = star-shaped [star shaped].
    * estrella de cine = movie star, film-star.
    * estrella de la música pop = pop star.
    * estrella del escenario = stage star.
    * estrella de mar = starfish.
    * estrella fugaz = rustling star, shooting star, falling star.
    * estrella polar = Pole Star [polestar. -USA], lodestar.
    * estrella polar, la = Polaris, North Star, the.
    * estrella venida a menos = fallen star.
    * guerra de las estrellas = battle of the stars.
    * joven estrella = starlet.
    * lleno de estrellas = starry.
    * llorarle a las estrellas = cry for + the moon, ask for + the moon, reach for + the moon.
    * luz de las estrellas = starlight.
    * mirar las estrellas = stargaze.
    * pieza estrella = showpiece.
    * polvo de estrellas = stardust.
    * producto estrella = star product.
    * puntuación con estrellas = star rating.
    * red en forma de estrella = star network [star-network].
    * súper estrella = superstar.
    * valoración con estrellas = star rating.
    * ver las estrellas = see + stars.

    * * *
    A
    1 ( Astron) star
    el cielo estaba lleno/tachonado de estrellas the sky was full of/studded with stars
    un cielo sin estrellas a starless sky
    ver (las) estrellas to see stars
    2
    (suerte): no quiso mi estrella que fuera así fate would not have it so
    tener buena estrella to be born lucky o under a lucky star
    tener mala estrella to be born unlucky
    unos nacen con estrella y otros nacen estrellados ( fam hum); some are born under a lucky star and some are born seeing stars ( hum), fortune smiles on some but not on others
    Compuestos:
    star of Bethlehem
    star of David
    starfish
    ( RPl) poinsettia
    shooting star
    Pole Star
    B
    un hotel de tres estrellas a three-star hotel
    2 (asterisco) asterisk
    C (ídolo) star
    una estrella de cine a movie star
    la nueva estrella del tenis mundial the new star of world tennis
    Compuesto:
    rising star
    ése fue el tema estrella de la discusión that was the major ( AmE) o ( BrE) main theme of the discussion
    uno de los locutores estrella de la televisión one of television's top presenters
    el coche estrella de la gama the top-of-the-range model
    * * *

     

    Del verbo estrellar: ( conjugate estrellar)

    estrella es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

    2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    estrella    
    estrellar
    estrella sustantivo femenino


    estrella fugaz shooting star;
    estrella polar Pole Star;
    un hotel de tres estrellas a three-star hotel;
    una estrella de cine a movie star

    estrellar ( conjugate estrellar) verbo transitivo:

    estrelló el coche contra un árbol he smashed his car into a tree
    estrellarse verbo pronominal ( chocar) to crash;
    se estrelló con la moto he had a motorcycle accident;
    estrellase contra algo [ coche] to crash into sth;

    [ olas] to crash against sth;

    estrella sustantivo femenino star
    estrella de cine, film star
    Zool estrella de mar, starfish
    ♦ Locuciones: ver las estrellas, to see stars
    estrellar vtr fam to smash [contra, into, against]: estrelló la planeadora contra las rocas, he smashed the speedboat into the rocks

    ' estrella' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    fugaz
    - lucir
    - polar
    - sol
    - vista
    - brillante
    - brillar
    - brillo
    - centelleante
    - centellear
    - destellar
    - destello
    - divo
    - estrellado
    - melocotón
    English:
    allow
    - autograph
    - down-to-earth
    - film star
    - fulfillment
    - fulfilment
    - guest star
    - live
    - narrowly
    - North Star
    - overdose
    - shooting star
    - star
    - starfish
    - upstage
    - would-be
    - film
    - guest
    - leading
    - north
    - pole
    - superstar
    - would
    * * *
    adj inv
    star;
    producto estrella star o flagship product;
    el deporte estrella de las Olimpiadas the star event of the Olympics;
    la pieza estrella de la colección the jewel of the collection
    nf
    1. [astro] star;
    en forma de estrella star-shaped;
    ver las estrellas to see stars
    estrella binaria binary star;
    estrella doble binary star;
    estrella enana dwarf star;
    estrella enana blanca white dwarf star;
    estrella enana roja red dwarf star;
    estrella fugaz shooting star;
    estrella gigante red giant;
    Estrella polar Pole Star;
    2. [suerte, destino] fate;
    su estrella quiso que la conociera fate willed that he should meet her;
    nacer con estrella to be born lucky;
    tener buena/mala estrella to be lucky/unlucky
    3. [artista, deportista] star;
    es la estrella del equipo he's the star of the team
    estrella de cine Br film star, US movie star;
    estrella invitada guest star
    4. [símbolo] star;
    un hotel de cuatro estrellas a four-star hotel
    estrella de David Star of David
    5. estrella de mar starfish
    * * *
    f tb
    de cine etc star;
    tener buena/mala estrella be born lucky/unlucky;
    nació con buena estrella he was born under a lucky star;
    ver las estrellas fig fam see stars fam ;
    hotel de tres estrellas three-star hotel
    * * *
    1) astro: star
    estrella fugaz: shooting star
    2) : destiny
    tener buena estrella: to be born lucky
    3) : movie star
    4)
    estrella de mar : starfish
    * * *
    estrella n star

    Spanish-English dictionary > estrella

  • 4 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 5 на

    1. предл. (притежателно отношение, отношение към деятел, служба или причина за нещо след съществителни, образувани от преходни глаголи) of
    къщата на баща ми my father's house
    къщата на Петър Peter's house
    един приятел на баща ми a friend of my father's
    трудът на работника the labour of the worker, the worker's labour
    покривът на къщата the roof of the house
    началникът на отдела the head of the department
    жертва на дълга a victim of duty
    писането на писма the writing of letters, writing letters
    свидетел на защитата a witness for the defence
    отглеждане на добитък cattle breeding
    или без предл.
    дай го на Петър give it (to) Peter
    дай на Петър една ябълка give Peter an apple
    дай една ябълка на него give an apple to him, give him an apple
    дай на всекиго по една ябълка give each an apple
    кажи на всички tell everybody
    на Петър, с най-добри пожелания to/for Peter with best wishes
    на тях им се роди син a son was born to them
    3. (за място, положение) on, upon, at, in
    книгата е на масата the book is on the table
    седя на масата sit at the table
    на стола on/in the chair
    на стената on the wall
    облягам се на стената lean against the wall
    на тавана on the ceiling; in the attic
    виси на кука it hangs on a hook
    на тази страница on this page
    на четири кряка on all fours
    на училище/черква съм be at school/church
    на кино/театър at the cinema/theatre
    на концерт/бал at a concert/ball
    на сватба/погребение at a wedding/funeral
    на двора in the yard
    на полето in the field
    на улицата in/ам. on the street
    на север in the north; up north
    на юг in the south; down south
    на море at the seaside
    на планина in the mountain(s)
    на слънце/сянка in the sun/shade
    на чист въздух in the open air
    на дъжда in the rain
    на служба при in the service of
    на 4 метра зад къщата 4 metres behind the house
    на шест мили от града within six miles of the town
    слагам на масата put on the table
    падам на земята fall on/to the ground
    потъвам на дъното sink to the bottom
    на север/юг to the north/south
    north (wards)/south(wards) (от of)
    отивам на север go up north
    отивам на юг go down south
    излизам на улицата go out into the street
    отивам на училище/пазар/кино/концерт/сватба и пр. go to school/market/the cinema/a concert/a wedding, etc.
    отивам на разходка go for a walk
    отивам на екскурзия/гости go on a hike/a visit
    отивам на жетва/гъби/къпини go harvesting/mushrooming/blackberrying
    той е на гости he is on a visit, he is visiting
    отивам на почивка go on a holiday
    оттеглям се на съвещание withdraw (to deliberate)
    ходя на лов/риба/ски/покупки go hunting/fishing/skiing/shopping
    отивам на война go to war
    6. (за време, конкретен момент) on, at
    на 9 май on May 9, on the 11th of May
    на същия/другия/третия ден (on) the same/next/third day
    на залез-слънце at sunset
    на здрачаване at dusk
    на часа immediately, at once, then and there
    на прощаване at parting
    на петгодишна възраст at the age of five, at five years of age
    на 14 години aged forty
    на колко си години? how old are you? what's your age?
    на млади години in o.'s youth
    на стари години in o.'s old age
    когато бях на пет години when I was five
    той е на моята възраст he is a man of my age
    8. (за мярка, вид, качество, начин на действие, състояние, посредством, чрез)
    9. частица (ето, това е) here; here is...
    на какво трябва да направиш this is what you've got to do
    10. (вземи) here you are; take it
    на ти пари за тетрадки here is some money for notebooks
    11. ама на! but there! there it is! ей тъй на! just so! ( без особена причина) just like that!
    12. screw on.
    прах в очите на gull, dupe, fool, throw dust in s.o.'s eyes, blear the eyes of
    за очи for appearance's sake, for window-dressing; for the look of it, to save face/appearances; it is all eyewash
    за черните очи на for love, for s.o.'s (sweet) sake, for s.o.'s fair eyes
    правя мили очи на make up to, coax, wheedle, ingratiate o.s. (with)
    в моите очи to my eye, in my opinion
    издигам се/падам в очите на rise/fall in s.o.'s estimation/esteem
    далеч от очите, далеч от сърцето out of sight, out of mind
    със сведени очи with downcast eyes
    с какви очи (ще гледам и пр.) how on earth
    на part o.'s hair
    на по средата a parting in the middle
    на отстрани parting on one side
    Млечният на астр. the Milky Way, the Galaxy
    намирам се на на и под на be as common as blackberries
    не съм го намерил на ная it's too precious
    оставям на ная le left stranded
    върви си по ная mind your own business
    прав ти на good riddance.
    някого s.o.'s right-hand man
    дело на човешка ръка made by human hands/by human work (manship)
    нося на ръце make much of
    не са ми останали ръце от работа I have worked/worn my fingers to the bone
    дай на (при пазарлък) done! it's a bargain!
    на-
    1. предст. (достатъчно, до насита) enough, o.'s fill
    have/do enough (c ger. на глагола)
    have o.'s fill of (c ger. на глагола)
    натанцувам се dance o.'s fill, have o.'s fill of dancing
    наприказвах се I've talked my fill, I've talked enough, I've done enough talking
    набаданосахме стаите we've painted all the rooms
    3. (много) a lot of, lots of, heaps/piles of
    навадихме картофи и ги натоварихме we dug up lots of potatoes and loaded them on the cart
    навземам take a lot of, take lots of
    4. (малко) slightly
    накиселявам be slightly sour, have a slightly sour taste
    5. (в) into, in
    нахлувам break/rush in
    6. (нагоре, едно върху друго) up
    нажилвам sting all over
    накълцвам cut/chop up
    9. (започване на действие, чувство) begin с инф., conceive а... с отглаголно същ.
    ще те намрази he'll begin to hate you
    намразих го I conceived a hatred for him
    * * *
    на,
    част.
    1. ( ето, това е) here; here is …;
    2. ( вземи) here you are; take it;
    3.: ама \на! but her! there it is! ей тъй \на! just so! ( без особена причина) just like that!
    ——————
    на,
    предл.
    1. (прит. отношение; отношение към деятел, служба или причина за нещо; след същ., образувани от прех. гл.) of; един приятел \на баща ми a friend of my father’s; къщата \на баща ми my father’s house; отглеждане \на добитък cattle breeding; свидетел \на защитата a witness for defence; трудът \на работника the labour of the worker, the worker’s labour;
    2. ( дателно отношение) to; или без предл.; дай го \на Петър give it (to) Peter; дай една ябълка \на него give an apple to him, give him an apple; дай \на Петър една ябълка give Peter an apple; \на Петър, с най-добри пожелания to/for Peter with best wishes; \на тях им се роди син a son was born to them;
    3. (за място, положение) on, upon, at, in; книгата е \на масата the book is on the table; \на 20 метра зад къщата 20 meters behind the house; \на двора in the yard; \на море at the seaside; \на планина in the mountain(s); \на полето in the field; \на сватба/погребение at a wedding/funeral; \на север in the north; up north; \на служба при in the service of; \на слънце/сянка in the sun/shade; \на тавана on the ceiling; in the attic; \на улицата in/амер. on the street; \на училище/черква съм be at school/church; \на четири крака on all fours; \на шест мили от града within six miles of the town; \на юг in the south; down south; облягам се \на стената lean against the wall; седя \на масата sit at the table;
    4. (за посока) on, to; излизам \на улицата go out into the street; \на север/юг to the north/south; north(wards)/south(wards) (от of); отивам \на юг go down south; падам \на земята fall on/to the ground;
    5. ( място или област като обект на някаква дейност) on, to, for; отивам \на война go to war; отивам \на екскурзия/гости go on a hike/a visit; отивам \на кино go to the cinema; отивам \на почивка go on a holiday; отивам \на разходка go for a walk; оттеглям се \на съвещание withdraw (to deliberate); ходя \на лов/риба/ски/покупки go hunting/fishing/skiing/shopping;
    6. (за време, конкретен момент) on, at; \на 24 май on May 24, on the 24th of May; \на залез слънце at sunset; \на прощаване at parting; \на часа immediately, at once, then and there;
    7. (за възраст) at; \на колко си години? how old are you? what’s your age? \на петгодишна възраст at the age of five, at five years of age; \на стари години in o.’s old age; \на 40 години aged forty; той е \на моята възраст he is a man of may age;
    8. (за мярка, вид, качество, начин на действие, състояние; посредством, чрез) in; by; млад \на години young in years; \на вехто second hand; \на вяра on credit; \на голо on/over o.’s bare skin, next to the skin; \на два етажа in two storeys; \на дело in practice; \на дребно (за търговия) retail; \на едро wholesale; \на кръст crosswise; \на купчини in heaps; \на ръка by hand; \на свои разноски at o.’s own expense; \на смях/шега for fun; продавам \на метър/литър sell by the metre/litre; работя \на парче work by the piece;
    9. (за умножение, деление, разпределение, честота) by, in, into, per; два пъти \на ден/месец/година twice a day/mouth/year; деля \на две divide in two; \на глава per capita/head; \на месец per/a month, monthly; 5 \на 3 метра 5 by 3 meters; плащат им \на час they are paid by the hour; по пет лева \на човек five levs each, five levs apiece, five levs per head; режа \на парчета cut in/into pieces;
    10. (за език и пр.) in; как е риба\на френски? what’s the French (word) for “fish”? \на френски in French; превеждам \на френски translate/turn into French;
    11. ( към): \на изчезване near extinction; \на свършване е it is running out, it is low;
    12. ( отношение към инструмент, машина, игра) on ( или не се превежда); играя \на шах/футбол play chess/football; изсвирвам нещо \на цигулка и пр. play s.th. on the violin, etc.; работя \на машина operate/run/work a machine; свиря \на пиано play the piano;
    13. ( преход в дадено състояние) to, into; ставам \на прах/пара turn (in) to dust/vapour; • има вкус \на it tastes of; мирише \на it smells of; \на бира ли сте или \на вино? what will you have, beer or wine? \на ваше разположение at your disposal; \на добро е it is a good omen; \на добър час! good luck! ( при изпращане) bon voyage! have a good trip! \на дъжд е it looks like rain; \на оръжие! to arms!
    * * *
    at; by; in (място); into (при делене); to (за дателен падеж); to (за движение)
    * * *
    1. (дателно отношение) to 2. (за време, конкретен момент) on, at 3. (за място, положение) on, upon, at, in 4. (за посока) on, to 5. (място или област като обект на някаква дейност) on, to, for 6. 1 (вземи) here you are;take it 7. 1 (за възраст) at 8. 1 (за мярка, вид, качество, начин на действие, състояние, посредством, чрез) 9. 1 screw on. 10. 1 ама НА! but there! there it is! ей тъй НА! just so! (без особена причина) just like that! 11. 1 предл. (притежателно отношение, отношение към деятел, служба или причина за нещо 12. 10, on the 13. 11th of May 14. 13 години aged forty 15. 15 частица (ето, това е) here;here is... 16. 4 метра зад къщата 17. 5 metres behind the house 18. 9 май on May 19. north(wards)/south(wards) (от of) 20. Млечният НА acmp. the Milky Way, the Galaxy 21. НА 22. НА no средата a parting in the middle 23. НА part o.'s hair 24. НА Петър, с най-добри пожелания to/for Peter with best wishes 25. НА двора in the yard 26. НА дъжда in the rain 27. НА залез-слънце at sunset 28. НА здрачаване at dusk 29. НА какво трябва да направиш this is what you've got to do 30. НА кино/театър at the cinema/theatre 31. НА колко си години? how old are you?what's your age? 32. НА концерт/бал at a concert/ball 33. НА млади години in o.'s youth 34. НА море at the seaside 35. НА отстрани parting on one side 36. НА петгодишна възраст at the age of five, at five years of age 37. НА планина in the mountain(s) 38. НА полето in the field 39. НА прощаване at parting 40. НА сватба/погребение at a wedding/funeral 41. НА север in the north;up north 42. НА север/юг to the north/south 43. НА служба при in the service of 44. НА слънце/сянка in the sun/shade 45. НА стари години in o.'s old age 46. НА стената on the wall 47. НА стола on/in the chair 48. НА същия/другия/третия ден (on) the same/next/third day 49. НА тавана on the ceiling;in the attic 50. НА тази страница on this page 51. НА ти пари за тетрадки here is some money for notebooks 52. НА тях им се роди син a son was born to them 53. НА улицата in/ам. on the street 54. НА училище/черква съм be at school/church 55. НА часа immediately, at once, then and there 56. НА четири кряка on all fours 57. НА чист въздух in the open air 58. НА шест мили от града within six miles of the town 59. НА юг in the south;down south 60. в моите очи to my eye, in my opinion 61. виси НА кука it hangs on a hook 62. върви си по НАя mind your own business 63. дай НА (при пазарлък) done! it's a bargain ! 64. дай НА Петър една ябълка give Peter an apple 65. дай НА всекиго по една ябълка give each an apple 66. дай го НА Петър give it (to) Peter 67. дай една ябълка НА него give an apple to him, give him an apple 68. далеч от очите, далеч от сърцето out of sight, out of mind 69. дело НА човешка ръка made by human hands/by human work(manship) 70. един приятел НА баща ми а friend of my father's 71. жертва НА дълга a victim of duty 72. за очи for appearance's sake, for window-dressing;for the look of it, to save face/appearances;it is all eyewash 73. за черните очи на for love, for s.o.'s (sweet) sake, for s.o.'s fair eyes 74. издигам се/падам в очите на rise/fall in s.o.'s estimation/esteem 75. излизам НА улицата go out into the street 76. или без предл. 77. кажи НА всички tell everybody 78. книгата е НА масата the book is on the table 79. когато бях НА пет години when I was five 80. къщата НА Петър Peter's house 81. къщата НА баща ми my father's house 82. махай се от очите ми! out of my sight! с отворени очи fully conscious/aware 83. намирам се на НА и под НА be as common as blackberries 84. началникът НА отдела the head of the department 85. не са ми останали ръце от работа I have worked/worn my fingers to the bone 86. не съм го намерил на НАя it's too precious 87. нося НА ръце make much of 88. някого s.o.'s right-hand man 89. облягам се НА стената lean against the wall 90. оставям на НАя lе left stranded 91. отглеждане НА добитък cattle breeding 92. отивам НА война go to war 93. отивам НА екскурзия/гости go on a hike/a visit 94. отивам НА жетва/гъби/къпини go harvesting/mushrooming/blackberrying 95. отивам НА почивка go on a holiday 96. отивам НА разходка go for a walk 97. отивам НА север go up north 98. отивам НА училище/пазар/кино/концерт/сватба и пр. go to school/market/the cinema/a concert/a wedding, etc. 99. отивам НА юг go down south 100. оттеглям се НА съвещание withdraw (to deliberate) 101. падам НА земята fall on/to the ground 102. писането НА писма the writing of letters, writing letters 103. покривът НА къщата the roof of the house 104. потъвам НА дъното sink to the bottom 105. прав ти НА good riddance. 106. правя мили очи на make up to, coax, wheedle, ingratiate o.s. (with) 107. прах в очите на gull, dupe, fool, throw dust in s.o.'s eyes, blear the eyes of 108. с какви очи (ще гледам и пр.) how on earth. 109. свидетел НА защитата a witness for the defence 110. седя НА масата sit at the table 111. скрит от очите на хората hidden from sight 112. слагам НА масата put on the table 113. след съществителни, образувани от преходни глаголи) of 114. със сведени очи with downcast eyes 115. той е НА гости he is on a visit, he is visiting 116. той е НА моята възраст he is a man of my age 117. трудът НА работника the labour of the worker, the worker's labour 118. ходя НА лов/риба/ски/покупки go hunting/fishing/skiing/shopping 119. ще ми откъсне ръцете it weighs a ton

    Български-английски речник > на

  • 6 nacer

    v.
    1 to be born (venir al mundo) (niño, animal).
    al nacer at birth
    ¿dónde naciste? — nací en Brasil where were you born? — I was born in Brazil
    nacer de/en to be born of/in
    nacer de familia humilde to be born into a poor family
    nacer para algo to be born for something
    ha nacido cantante she's a born singer
    Nací libre I was born free.
    2 to grow (surgir) (pelo).
    3 to come to life.
    4 to be hatched, to hatch.
    5 to be born to.
    Nos nació un hijo A son was born to us.
    * * *
    (c changes to zc before a and o)
    Present Indicative
    nazco, naces, nace, nacemos, nacéis, nacen.
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperative
    nace (tú), nazca (él/Vd.), nazcamos (nos.), naced (vos.), nazcan (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    verb
    2) rise
    * * *
    1. VI
    1) [persona, animal] to be born; [ave, insecto, reptil] to hatch
    - volver a nacer
    2) [planta] [gen] to sprout, bud; (=aparecer) to come up; [pelo, plumas] to grow, sprout
    3) [estrella, sol] to rise; [día] to dawn
    4) [agua] to spring up, appear, begin to flow; [camino] to begin, start (de from) (en in)
    5) [revolución, miedo] to spring (de from)
    [idea] to come (de from) originate, have its origin (de, en in)

    el error nace del hecho de que... — the error springs o stems from the fact that...

    ¿de dónde nace la idea? — where does the idea come from?

    6)

    nacer a: con esa exposición nació a la vida artística — that exhibition saw the beginning of his artistic career

    2.
    See:
    * * *
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) niño/animal to be born

    ¿dónde naciste? — where were you born?

    nació en el Perú, de padres españoles — she was born in Peru to o of Spanish parents

    nacer para algo/+ inf — to be born to + inf

    nacer parado — (Chi, Ven fam) to have the luck of the devil (colloq)

    no nací ayerI wasn't born yesterday

    b) pollito/insecto to hatch
    c) hoja/rama to sprout
    d) río to have its source; carretera to start
    e) pelo/plumas to grow
    2)
    a) ( surgir)

    nacer de algoproblema/situación to arise o spring from something

    nacer de alguienidea/iniciativa

    b) (liter) ( iniciarse)
    * * *
    = be born, spring, come into + the world, see + the light of day.
    Ex. When using a 32-entry miniature catalog it is not necessary to know that I was born in 1914 to differentiate me from 31 other entries.
    Ex. My point is that all literature, every example we can think of, depends for its existence on the tradition out of which it springs -- even the most avant of the avant-garde.
    Ex. No one comes into the world already disposed for or against words in print.
    Ex. The article 'OSI: will it ever see the light of day?' concludes that the promise of OSI has been bold and ambitious but that its delivery has been significantly delayed beyond its initial projections = El artículo "OSI: ¿ verá alguna vez la luz del día?" concluye que la promesa de OSI ha sido osada y ambiciosa pero que su publicación se ha visto retrasada considerablemente por encima de las previsiones iniciales.
    ----
    * al nacer = at birth.
    * bebé que nace muerto = stillbirth [still-birth].
    * conforme + nacer = at birth.
    * en cuanto + nacer = at birth.
    * grandes robles nacen de pequeñas bellotas = great oaks from little acorns grow.
    * nacer prematuramente = be prematurely born.
    * nacido en = born in.
    * niños nacidos fuera del matrimonio = children born out of the wedlock.
    * persona nacida después del baby boom = baby buster.
    * persona nacida durante el baby boom = baby boomer.
    * peso al nacer = birthweight.
    * volver a nacer = have + a lucky escape, have + a narrow escape.
    * vuelto a nacer = born again.
    * * *
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) niño/animal to be born

    ¿dónde naciste? — where were you born?

    nació en el Perú, de padres españoles — she was born in Peru to o of Spanish parents

    nacer para algo/+ inf — to be born to + inf

    nacer parado — (Chi, Ven fam) to have the luck of the devil (colloq)

    no nací ayerI wasn't born yesterday

    b) pollito/insecto to hatch
    c) hoja/rama to sprout
    d) río to have its source; carretera to start
    e) pelo/plumas to grow
    2)
    a) ( surgir)

    nacer de algoproblema/situación to arise o spring from something

    nacer de alguienidea/iniciativa

    b) (liter) ( iniciarse)
    * * *
    = be born, spring, come into + the world, see + the light of day.

    Ex: When using a 32-entry miniature catalog it is not necessary to know that I was born in 1914 to differentiate me from 31 other entries.

    Ex: My point is that all literature, every example we can think of, depends for its existence on the tradition out of which it springs -- even the most avant of the avant-garde.
    Ex: No one comes into the world already disposed for or against words in print.
    Ex: The article 'OSI: will it ever see the light of day?' concludes that the promise of OSI has been bold and ambitious but that its delivery has been significantly delayed beyond its initial projections = El artículo "OSI: ¿ verá alguna vez la luz del día?" concluye que la promesa de OSI ha sido osada y ambiciosa pero que su publicación se ha visto retrasada considerablemente por encima de las previsiones iniciales.
    * al nacer = at birth.
    * bebé que nace muerto = stillbirth [still-birth].
    * conforme + nacer = at birth.
    * en cuanto + nacer = at birth.
    * grandes robles nacen de pequeñas bellotas = great oaks from little acorns grow.
    * nacer prematuramente = be prematurely born.
    * nacido en = born in.
    * niños nacidos fuera del matrimonio = children born out of the wedlock.
    * persona nacida después del baby boom = baby buster.
    * persona nacida durante el baby boom = baby boomer.
    * peso al nacer = birthweight.
    * volver a nacer = have + a lucky escape, have + a narrow escape.
    * vuelto a nacer = born again.

    * * *
    nacer [E3 ]
    vi
    A
    1 «niño/cordero/gato» to be born
    ¿dónde naciste? where were you born?
    pesaba tres kilos al nacer she weighed three kilos at birth
    nacer antes de tiempo to be born prematurely, to be premature
    el niño nació muerto the child was stillborn
    nacer DE algn to be born TO sb
    nació en el Perú, de padres españoles she was born in Peru to o of Spanish parents
    nacer PARA algo:
    yo no nací para esta clase de trabajo I wasn't born to do this kind of work
    nació para (ser) músico he was born to be a musician
    naciste/nació parado (Chi, Ven fam); you have/he has the luck of the devil ( colloq)
    no nací/nació ayer I/he wasn't born yesterday
    volver a nacer or nacer de nuevo to have a lucky escape, be lucky to come out alive
    2 «pollito/insecto» to hatch
    3 «hoja/rama» to sprout
    le han nacido nuevas flores a la planta the plant has produced o grown some new flowers
    4 «río» to rise, have its source; «carretera» to start
    la pinza nace debajo de la manga the dart starts under the sleeve
    5 «pelo/plumas» to grow
    le nacieron alas he sprouted wings
    ya le volverá a nacer el pelo his hair will soon grow back
    B
    1
    (surgir) «sentimiento»: una gran amistad nació entre ellos a great friendship grew o sprang up o developed between them
    a ella no le nace ser amable con la gente being nice to people doesn't come naturally to her
    no me nace ser simpático con él I find it difficult to be nice to him
    2 «problema/situación»: nacer DE algo; to arise o spring FROM sth
    nace de su inseguridad this arises o springs from his insecurity
    3 ( liter) (iniciarse) nacer A algo to be awakened TO sth ( liter)
    nacer al amor to be awakened to love, to experience love for the first time
    * * *

     

    nacer ( conjugate nacer) verbo intransitivo
    1
    a) [niño/animal] to be born;

    ¿dónde naciste? where were you born?;

    al nacer at birth;
    nació para (ser) músico he was born to be a musician
    b) [pollito/insecto] to hatch

    c) [hoja/rama] to sprout


    [ carretera] to start
    e) [pelo/plumas] to grow

    2 ( surgir) [amistad/relación] to spring up;
    nacer de algo [problema/situación] to arise o spring from sth;

    nacer verbo intransitivo
    1 to be born: nació en el mes de julio, she was born in July
    al nacer, at birth
    (ave) to hatch (out)
    2 (pelo, dientes) to begin to grow
    3 (río, manantial) to rise
    4 (originarse) to start: la revuelta nació en Sevilla, the revolt started in Seville
    de su mutua comprensión nació el respeto, respect was born out of a mutual understanding
    5 (tener cualidades) naciste para payaso, you were born to be a clown
    ♦ Locuciones: nacer de pie, to be born under a lucky star
    ' nacer' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    volver
    English:
    bear
    - born
    - last
    - rise
    - birth
    - dawn
    - hatch
    - spring
    * * *
    nacer vi
    1. [niño, animal] to be born;
    al nacer at birth;
    pesó al nacer 3.700 g he weighed 3.7 kg at birth;
    ¿dónde naciste? – nací en Brasil where were you born? – I was born in Brazil;
    nacer de familia humilde to be born into a poor family;
    nació de padres italianos she was born of Italian parents, her parents were Italian;
    nacer para algo to be born for sth;
    ha nacido cantante she's a born singer;
    Fam
    tú has nacido cansado you were born lazy;
    no he nacido ayer I wasn't born yesterday;
    nació con un pan debajo del brazo the birth of the child was a blessing for the family;
    Esp Fam
    nació o [m5] ha nacido con una flor en el culo he has the luck of the devil;
    Méx Fam
    el que ha nacido en petate, siempre anda apestando a tule you can't make a silk purse out of a sow's ear;
    Ven Fam
    nacer parado to be born lucky;
    Fam Hum
    unos nacen con estrella y otros nacen estrellados fortune smiles on some people and not on others;
    volver a nacer to have a lucky escape
    2. [ave, reptil] to hatch (out)
    3. [planta] to sprout, to begin to grow
    4. [pelo] to grow
    5. [río] to rise, to have its source
    6. [sol, luna] to rise
    7. [originarse]
    la costumbre nació en Italia this custom has its roots in Italy;
    desde aquel momento, nació una gran amistad entre los dos that moment was the beginning of a close friendship between them;
    su nerviosismo nace de su inseguridad his nervousness stems from his insecurity;
    la revolución nació en el norte del país the revolution started in the north of the country;
    el Renacimiento nació en Italia the Renaissance had its origins in Italy
    * * *
    v/i
    1 be born; de un huevo hatch
    2 de una planta sprout
    3 de un río, del sol rise
    4 ( surgir) arise (de from)
    * * *
    nacer {48} vi
    1) : to be born
    nací en Guatemala: I was born in Guatemala
    no nació ayer: he wasn't born yesterday
    2) : to hatch
    3) : to bud, to sprout
    4) : to rise, to originate
    5)
    nacer para algo : to be born to be something
    6)
    volver a nacer : to have a lucky escape
    * * *
    nacer vb
    1. (persona, animal) to be born
    ¿cuándo naciste? when were you born?
    2. (planta) to grow [pt. grew; pp. grown]
    3. (pollito) to hatch

    Spanish-English dictionary > nacer

  • 7 por

    prep.
    1 because of (causa).
    por mí no te preocupes don't worry about me
    ¿por qué? why?
    ¿por qué lo dijo? why did she say it?
    ¿por qué no vienes? why don't you come?
    ¿por? (informal) why?
    se enfadó por tu comportamiento she got angry because of your behavior
    lo hizo por amor he did it out of o for love
    2 (in order) to.
    lo hizo por complacerte he did it to please you
    lo hice por ella I did it for her
    3 by (medio, modo, agente).
    por mensajero/fax/teléfono by courier/fax/telephone
    estuvimos hablando por teléfono we were talking on the phone
    por escrito in writing
    lo cogieron por el brazo they took him by the arm
    el récord fue batido por el atleta the record was broken by the athlete
    4 through.
    vamos por aquí/allí let's go this/that way
    iba paseando por el bosque/la calle she was walking through the forest/along the street
    pasar por la aduana to go through customs
    5 for (a cambio de, en lugar de).
    lo ha comprado por poco dinero she bought it for very little
    cambió el coche por la moto he exchanged his car for a motorbike
    él lo hará por mí he'll do it for me
    6 per.
    mil unidades por semana a thousand units a o per week
    uno por uno one by one
    20 kms por hora 20 km an o per hour
    7 for.
    baja por tabaco go down to the shops for some cigarettes, go down to get some cigarettes
    a por for
    vino a por las entradas she came for the tickets
    8 times, multiplied by.
    * * *
    1 (gen) for
    2 (a través de) through, by
    3 (calle, carretera) along, down, up
    íbamos por la calle cuando... we were walking along the street when...
    4 (lugar aproximado) in, near, round
    5 (causa) because of
    6 (tiempo) at, for
    7 (medio) by
    10 (tras) by
    12 (a favor de) for, in favour of, US in favor of
    14 (en lugar de) instead of, in the place of
    15 (multiplicado por) times, multiplied by
    tres por cuatro, doce three fours are twelve, three times four is twelve
    16 por adjective que no matter how adjective
    por caro que sea, lo voy a comprar no matter how expensive it is I'm going to buy it
    por viejo que parezca funciona even though it looks old, it still works
    \
    estar por + inf (a punto de) to be on the point of + - ing
    estar por hacer to remain to be done, not to have been done yet
    por aquí around here
    por lo tanto therefore
    por lo visto apparently
    por más que + subjuntivo however much, no matter how much
    por mucho que + subjuntivo however much, no matter how much
    por mí as far as I am concerned
    ¿por qué? why?
    por supuesto of course
    por tanto therefore, so
    * * *
    prep.
    1) for
    3) by
    7) per
    8) from
    * * *
    PREPOSICIÓN
    1) [causa]
    a) + sustantivo because of

    nos encontramos por casualidadwe met by chance

    lo hago por gustoI do it because I like to

    por temor a — for fear of

    b) + infin
    c) + adj
    2) [objetivo]
    a) + sustantivo for
    b) + infin

    por no llegar tarde — so as not to arrive late, in order not to be late

    3) (=en favor, defensa de) for

    hazlo por mí — do it for me, do it for my sake

    4) [elección]
    5) [evidencia] judging by, judging from

    por lo que dicenjudging by o from what they say

    por la cara que pone no debe de gustarlejudging by o from his face I don't think he likes it

    por las señas no piensa hacerlo — apparently he's not intending to do it, it doesn't seem like he's intending to do it

    6) [medio]

    por correoby post

    por marby sea

    hablar por señasto use sign language

    7) [agente] by

    "dirigido por" — "directed by"

    8) [modo] by

    por orden alfabético — in alphabetical order

    9) [lugar]

    ¿por dónde? — which way?

    10) [aproximación]

    por aquí cercanear o around here

    por la feriaround about o around carnival time

    11) [tiempo]
    12) [duración] for
    13) [sustitución, intercambio] (=a cambio de) for; (=en lugar de) instead of
    14) [representación]

    interceder por algn — to intercede on sb's behalf, intercede for sb

    vino por su jefehe came instead of o in place of his boss

    15) [distribución]

    80km por hora80km per o an hour

    tres dólares por persona — three dollars each, three dollars per person

    16) [en multiplicaciones]

    cinco por tres, quince — five times three is fifteen, five threes are fifteen

    17) (=en cuanto a)

    por mí no hay inconvenientethat's fine as o so far as I'm concerned

    por mí, que se vaya — as o so far as I'm concerned he can go, for all I care he can go

    por mí, como si quieres pasar una semana sin comer — I don't care if you want to go for a week without eating

    si por mi fuera, tú estarías trabajando — if it were o was down to me, you'd be working

    18) (=como)

    tomar a algn por esposo/esposa — to take sb to be one's husband/wife

    le tienen por tontothey think he's stupid

    19) [concesión]
    + subjun

    por mucho que lo quisieran — however much they would like to, much as they would like to

    por más que lo intenteno matter how o however hard I try, try as I might

    20) [acción inacabada]
    + infin
    21) ir (a) por algo/algn (=en busca de) to go and get sth/sb

    voy a por él[a buscarle] I'll go and get him; [a atacarle] I'm going to get him

    solo van a por las pelas* they're only in it for the money

    ¡a por ellos! — get them!

    22) [en preguntas]
    por qué why

    ¿por qué no vienes conmigo? — why don't you come with me?

    ¿por? * why (do you ask)?
    * * *
    1) ( en relaciones causales) because of

    por falta de dinerobecause of o owing to lack of money

    si no fuera por mi hijo... — if it wasn't for my son...

    por + inf — for -ing

    2) ( según)

    por lo que parece... — it seems o it would seem...

    ¿por qué no vienes conmigo? — why don't you come with me?

    por si — in case; acaso, mosca II

    por más que me esfuerzohowever hard o no matter how hard I try

    por (muy) fácil que seahowever easy o no matter how easy it is

    5)

    colócalos por orden de tamaño/altura — put them in order of size/height

    por avión/barco/carretera — by air/sea/road

    me enteré por un amigoI heard from o through a friend

    c) (Educ) from
    6)

    cobra $30 por clase — he charges $30 a o per class

    uno por uno — one by one; ciento II

    tres por cuatro (son) doce — three times four is twelve, three fours are twelve

    7)
    a) (en relaciones de sustitución, intercambio, representación) for
    b) ( como)

    ¿acepta usted por esposa a Carmen? — do you take Carmen to be your (lawful wedded) wife?

    9) (expresando finalidad, objetivo)

    por + inf: daría cualquier cosa por verla — I'd give anything to see her

    por que + subj ( here por que can also be written porque): estaba ansioso por que lo escucharan — he was eager for them to listen to him

    10) (indicando consideración, favor) for
    11) (indicando inclinación, elección)

    salió/fue por or (Esp) a por pan — he went (out) for some bread, he went (out) to get some bread

    por mí que haga lo que quiera — as far as I'm concerned, he can do what he likes

    por + inf: tengo la casa por limpiar — I've got the house to clean

    15) (esp AmL)

    estar por + inf — ( estar a punto de)

    16) (indicando lugar de acceso, salida, trayectoria)

    ¿el 121 va por (la) Avenida Rosas? — does the 121 go along Rosas Avenue?

    ¿por dónde has venido? — which way did you come?

    ¿puedes pasar por la tintorería? — could you call in at o drop by the drycleaner's?

    17)

    ¿por dónde está or queda el hotel? — whereabouts is the hotel?

    ¿qué tal te fue por Londres? — how did you get on in London?

    por todos lados or por todas partes — everywhere

    voy por la página 15I'm up to o I'm on page 15

    pasa un trapo por el piso — give the floor a quick wipe; ver tb afuera, adentro, dentro, fuera, encima, etc

    por aquella época or por aquel entonces — at that time

    19) (Esp) ( indicando una ocasión) for
    20) ( durante) for

    por el momento or por ahora — for the time being o for now; ver tb mañana III, tarde II, noche

    * * *
    = across, along, around, because of, by, by, down, for the sake of, in connection with, in the gift of, on account of, on the grounds that/of, per, through, times, under, x, as a matter of, out of, through the agency of.
    Ex. This arrangement may facilitate browsing across different kinds of materials.
    Ex. This means that a large number of messages can be combined together along the same line, giving economies of scales.
    Ex. I wouldn't expect you to be detailed in your report in terms of where the bookmible would stop around town and where you'd park it.
    Ex. This makes him feel somehow defficient and all because of his difficulty in making sense out of words in print with which his troubles began.
    Ex. A set of government publications could be filed alphabetically by the issuing bureau, and then by title of the particular series in numerical order.
    Ex. Micrographic and computer technologies and their integration will become increasingly efficacious as agents for change with respect to the continued existence of the traditional 75 by 125 millimeter card.
    Ex. Some users find the format of KWIC indexes unacceptable, they find alphabetical arrangement by keywords down the centre of a page, and wrapped-round titles awkward.
    Ex. The advocates of ISBD originally argued that it was for the sake of the computer.
    Ex. There is an index to the schedules, but this has been criticised in connection with the size of the entry vocabulary.
    Ex. Its notability is seen to lie in the fact that it has significantly broken the stranglehold upon postgraduate studentships in the gift of the Science and Engineering Research Council.
    Ex. Partly on account of the variety of bases for coverage there is significant overlap between the assortment of abstracting and indexing services.
    Ex. AACR2 has been criticised on the grounds that it does not identify the cataloguing unit to which the rules refer.
    Ex. Indexing can thus be achieved at a detailed level, with often many terms per document, with almost no indexing effort.
    Ex. The contributions are input to the data base, then referred and any suggestion made by the referee are communicated through the data base to the editor.
    Ex. 4 days times 30 cents per day = 120 cents.
    Ex. One of the outcomes of entry under title has been the proliferation of serials titles.
    Ex. Card catalogues or indexes comprise a set of cards often 5x3 inches (122x72 mm), with each entry on a separate card.
    Ex. Most drivers stop at stop signs: Some do under duress -- there may be a policeman concealed in nearby bushes, others as a matter of prudence -- a fast car with the right of way can be injurious.
    Ex. But these and other interested people collected this type of books out of a mixture of curiosity and sentiment.
    Ex. This article argues that critical thinking, a long sought after goal in the US educational system, may be taught efficiently through the agency of library use instructions within the college environment.
    ----
    * actuar por impulso = act on + impulse.
    * aprendizaje por medio del ordenador = computer-based learning (CBL).
    * aunque por otro lado = but otherwise.
    * búsqueda por medio de menús = menu-assisted searching.
    * coger por sorpresa = catch out.
    * Día + por la tarde = late + Día.
    * digamos por ejemplo = let us say.
    * dominar por completo = sweep + the board.
    * encontrar por casualidad = come across.
    * encuadernación por encargo = bespoke binding.
    * error por omisión = omission failure.
    * estar por delante de = be ahead of.
    * hecho por encargo = bespoke.
    * introducir por primera vez = pioneer.
    * leer por encima = browse.
    * llamar por teléfono = call up.
    * muy por encima de todo = over and above all.
    * Nombre + por primera vez = Nombre + ever.
    * ordenado por fecha = in date order.
    * pasar por alto = bypass [by-pass], skip over, pass + Nombre/Pronombre + by.
    * pongamos por ejemplo = let us say.
    * por accidente = accidentally.
    * por adelantado = advance, in advance (of), up-front [up front].
    * por ahí = out there.
    * por ahora = as of right now, as yet, at present, at the moment, at this point, for the present, for the time being, just yet, for now, at this time, as of now, at the present, by now, for the nonce.
    * por ahora todo va bien = so far, so good.
    * por alguna razón = for some reason, for whatever reason.
    * por algún motivo = for whatever reason.
    * por algún tiempo = for sometime.
    * por allí = nearby [near-by].
    * por amor al arte = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por analogía = by analogy.
    * por anticipado = in advance (of).
    * por antonomasia = quintessential, unique.
    * por añadidura = in addition (to), on top of everything else.
    * por aquel entonces = at the time, about that time, by this time.
    * por aquí = around here, nearby [near-by], round here.
    * por aquí y por allí = hanging about.
    * por así decir = as it were.
    * por boca de = by word of mouth.
    * por bondad = out of the goodness of + Posesivo + heart.
    * por buena dirección = a step in the right direction.
    * por buen camino = a step in the right direction.
    * por cabeza = per person.
    * por cable = wireline, corded.
    * por caminos apartados = off-road.
    * por capas = multilayered [multi-layered/multi layered], layered, tiered.
    * por casualidad = by chance, coincidentally, fortuitously, by accident, by happenstance, happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo, accidentally, by a fluke, by luck, by a stroke of (good) luck.
    * por chiripa = by chance, by a fluke, by luck, by a stroke of (good) luck.
    * por ciento = per cent [percent] (%).
    * por cierto = coincidentally, incidentally, by the way, anecdotally, by the by(e), speaking of which.
    * por coincidencia = by coincidence.
    * por comodidad = for convenience, for the sake of + convenience.
    * por completo = fully.
    * por confirmar = to be announced, to be confirmed.
    * por consideración a = out of respect for.
    * por consideración a = out of consideration for.
    * por consiguiente = consequently, then, thence, by implication, therefore.
    * por contra = in contrast.
    * por conveniencia = for convenience, for the sake of + convenience.
    * por correo = by post, mailed.
    * por cortesía de = courtesy of.
    * por cualquier motivo = for whatever reason.
    * por cualquier razón = for whatever reason.
    * por cuanto que = because.
    * por cuenta ajena = vicariously.
    * por cuenta de uno = privately.
    * por cuenta propia = freelance, self-employed, at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * por cuenta y riesgo de Uno = at + Posesivo + peril.
    * por curiosidad = out of curiosity.
    * por debajo de = below, beneath, underneath.
    * por debajo de + Cantidad = under + Cantidad.
    * por debajo de cero = sub-zero, below-freezing.
    * por debajo del 10 por ciento = single digit, single figure.
    * por debajo de la media = sub-par, below-average.
    * por debajo de las posibilidades = below + Posesivo + capabilities.
    * por debajo de lo normal = below-normal.
    * por debajo de lo óptimo = sub-optimal [suboptimal].
    * por debajo del peso nomral = underweight.
    * por décadas = ten-yearly.
    * por decidir = to be decided.
    * por decirlo así = so to speak, in a manner of speaking.
    * por decirlo de alguna manera = so to speak.
    * por decirlo de algún modo = in a manner of speaking, so to speak.
    * por decisión propia = by choice.
    * por defecto = by default, default.
    * por deferencia a = in deference to.
    * por definición = by definition.
    * por delante = ahead.
    * por delante de = ahead of.
    * por delante de la competencia = ahead of the game.
    * por delante y por detrás = front and back.
    * por dentro = inwardly.
    * por desgracia = unfortunately, sadly, unhappily, disappointingly.
    * por despecho = spitefully, out of spite.
    * ¡por dios! = in heaven's name, for God's sake, gosh.
    * ¡por Dios! = for crying out loud!.
    * por diversión = for sport, for fun, (just) for the hell of (doing) it, for kicks, (just) for the fun of (doing) it.
    * por divertirse = for kicks.
    * por doquier = all around.
    * por dos años = two-year.
    * por ejemplo = e.g. (latín - exempli gratia), for example, for instance, say, to illustrate, for the sake of + argument.
    * por (el) amor a = for the love of.
    * ¡por el amor de Dios! = for crying out loud!.
    * por el bien del saber = for knowledge's sake.
    * por el contrario = by contrast, conversely, however, in contrast, instead, on the contrary, by way of contrast, to the contrary, quite the opposite, by comparison, contrariwise, quite the contrary, quite the reverse.
    * por el cual = whereby, whereupon.
    * por el detalle = for detail.
    * por el día = by day, daytime [day-time], during the daytime, in the daytime, during daytime.
    * por el día o por la noche = day or night.
    * por el día y por la noche = day and night, night and day.
    * por elección propia = by choice.
    * por el gobierno = governmentally + Adjetivo.
    * por el gobierno federal = federally.
    * por el hecho de que = because of the fact that.
    * por el hombre = humanly.
    * por ello = on this basis, on that basis, accordingly.
    * por el mero hecho de saber = for knowledge's sake.
    * por el método de ensayo y error = by trial and error, trial and error.
    * por el modo = by the way.
    * por el momento = for the time being, momentarily, at the moment, for the nonce, for the present.
    * por el placer de hacerlo = (just) for the fun of (doing) it.
    * por el que se puede cobrar = chargeable.
    * por el receptor = at the receiving end.
    * por el sexo = gendered.
    * por encargo = custom, bespoke.
    * por encima = overhead, cursorily.
    * por encima de = across, beyond, beyond all, over, over and above, beyond the range of, well over + Expresión Numérica, overarching, above.
    * por encima de + Cantidad = in excess of + Cantidad.
    * por encima de eso = beyond that.
    * por encima del 10 por ciento = double digit, double figure.
    * por encima de la media = above average.
    * por encima de la tierra = aboveground.
    * por encima de toda crítica = beyond reproach, above reproach.
    * por encima de toda duda = beyond reproach, above reproach.
    * por encima de toda razón = beyond reason.
    * por encima de toda sospecha = above suspicion.
    * por encima de todo = at all costs, at any cost, at any price.
    * por ende = thereby, accordingly, therefore.
    * por enfado = out of anger.
    * por enojo = out of anger.
    * por error = by mistake.
    * por esa razón = thereby, for that reason.
    * por escrito = in writing, in print, written.
    * por eso = on that score, therefore.
    * por eso que = hence.
    * por esta razón = for this reason.
    * por esta única razón = for this reason alone.
    * por este motivo = for this reason.
    * por esto = thus, accordingly, therefore.
    * por etapas = staged.
    * por excelencia = par excellence, quintessential, unique.
    * por exceso = excessively, to excess.
    * por explotar = untapped.
    * por + Expresión Temporal = by the + Expresión Temporal.
    * por extensión = by extension.
    * por extenso = in full, at length.
    * por falta de = for want of, for lack of.
    * por fases = staged.
    * por favor = please.
    * por favor, responda = RSVP [R.S.V.P.].
    * por fin = at length, at last, finally, at long last.
    * por fin llegó la hora (de) = it's about time (that).
    * por frustración = out of frustration.
    * por fuera = outwardly, outwardly.
    * por grupos = in batches.
    * por gusto = for kicks, (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por hora = hourly.
    * por horas = on an hourly basis.
    * por igual = alike, on an equitable basis, equally, in equal measure(s).
    * por imitación = copycat.
    * por incremento gradual = incremental.
    * por incrementos graduales = incrementally.
    * por individuo = per capita, per person.
    * por iniciativa de = at the instigation of, under the auspices of.
    * por instinto = instinctively.
    * por interés = out of interest.
    * por interés personal = self-interested.
    * por investigar = unresearched.
    * por invitación = invitational.
    * por invitación de = at the invitation of.
    * por la borda = overboard.
    * por la cantidad de + Número = amounting to + Cantidad.
    * por la forma = by the way.
    * por la friolera de + Cantidad = to the tune of + Cantidad.
    * por la fuerza = forcibly.
    * por la mala fortuna = by ill fate.
    * por la mala suerte = by ill luck, by bad luck, by ill fate.
    * por la manera = by the way.
    * por la mañana = in the morning.
    * por la mañana y por la noche = morning and night.
    * por la noche = overnight, at night, night-time, after dark, by night.
    * por la posibilidad de = at the prospect of.
    * por la presente = hereby.
    * por las buenas o por las malas = by hook or by crook.
    * por la sencilla razón = for no other reason.
    * por las nubes = soaring.
    * por la tarde = in the evening.
    * por ley = mandated.
    * por libre = freelance.
    * por línea telefónica = over the telephone line.
    * por lo general = on the whole, all in all, in general, generally, generally speaking, in the normal run of events, in the normal run of things.
    * por lo pronto = for the time being.
    * por lo que = so.
    * por lo que concierne a = as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, so far as + Nombre + be concerned.
    * por lo que concierne a Uno = on + Posesivo + side.
    * por lo que dicen todos = by all accounts.
    * por lo que es = in + Posesivo + own right.
    * por lo que incumbe a Uno = on + Posesivo + side.
    * ¡Por lo que más quieras! = for God's sake.
    * por lo que se refiere a = moving on to.
    * por lo que son = in + Posesivo + own right.
    * por lo que yo sé = to the best of my knowledge.
    * por los pelos = by the skin of + Posesivo + teeth, close call, close shave.
    * por los siguientes motivos = on the following counts.
    * por los suelos = in tatters.
    * por lo tanto = consequently, ergo, so, then, thereby, therefore, thus, it follows that.
    * por lo visto = apparently, apparently.
    * por mala fortuna = unfortunately, unhappily, sadly.
    * por mala suerte = by ill luck, by bad luck, by a stroke of bad luck, by ill fate.
    * por mal camino = astray.
    * por más que lo intento = for the life of me.
    * por materias = subject-based, topically.
    * por mecionar sólo unos cuantos = to mention only a few.
    * por medio = out of.
    * por medio de = by means of, by way of, in the form of, through, via, via the medium of, by dint of, through the agency of.
    * por medio de isótopos = isotopically.
    * por medio de otro(s) = by proxy.
    * por medio de una agencia = on a bureau basis.
    * por mencionar sólo algunos = to mention but a few of, to mention only a few.
    * por mencionar sólo unos cuantos = to mention but a few of, to name only some.
    * por mencionar sólo unos pocos = to name but a few.
    * por mencionar unos pocos = just to name a few.
    * por menús = menu-driven.
    * por méritos = meritorious.
    * por mes = per month.
    * por miedo de = for fear of/that.
    * por millones = in the millions, by the millions.
    * por mor de = because of, out of consideration for, out of respect for.
    * por motivo de = in the interest(s) of.
    * por motivos de = for the sake of, on grounds.
    * por motivos de + Nombre = for + Nombre's sake.
    * por muchas razones = in many ways.
    * por mucho que lo intento = for the life of me.
    * por mucho tiempo = for long, for long periods of time.
    * por muy + Adjetivo/Adverbio + Nombre + que + Subjuntivo = however + Adjetivo/Adverbio + Nombre + Verbo.
    * por muy + Adjetivo/Adverbio + que sea = however + Adjetivo/Adverbio.
    * por muy + Adjetivo + be = Adjetivo + though + Nombre + be.
    * por muy difícil que parezca = difficult though it may seem, difficult as it may seem.
    * por muy extraño que parezca = oddly enough, strangely enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, funnily enough, funnily.
    * por muy increíble que parezca = incredible though it may seem, incredibly, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, although it may seem incredible.
    * por muy mentira que parezca = incredibly, incredible though it may seem, strangely enough, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, although it may seem incredible.
    * por muy raro que parezca = strangely enough, oddly enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange.
    * por nada = for nothing.
    * por nada del mundo = for the life of me.
    * por nada or casi nada = at little or no extra cost.
    * por naturaleza = by nature, by definition, characteristically, natural-born, naturally, inherently.
    * por necesidad = of necessity, out of necessity.
    * por niveles = multilayered [multi-layered/multi layered], multilayer, layered, tiered.
    * por no decir algo peor = to put it mildly.
    * por no decir nada de = to say nothing of.
    * por no decir nunca = if ever.
    * por no decir otra cosa peor = to say the least.
    * por nombrar (sólo) + Número = to name (only) + Número.
    * por nombrar sólo unos cuantos = to name only some.
    * por nombrar sólo unos pocos = to name but a few.
    * por + Nombre = on a + Adjetivo + basis.
    * por no mencionar = not to mention.
    * por norma = as a rule.
    * por + Número + cosas = on + Número + counts.
    * por orden de = mandated.
    * por orden del congreso = congressionally mandated.
    * por orden de llegada = on a first come first served basis.
    * por orden numérico = in numerical order.
    * por otra parte = on the other hand, on the other side, on the flip side.
    * por otro lado = alternatively, however, on the other hand, on the other side, for another thing, on the flip side, on another topic, on another matter, on another note, on other matters.
    * por parejas = in pairs.
    * por parte de = on the part of.
    * por parte de uno = on + Posesivo + part.
    * por pasar el rato = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por pereza = lazily.
    * por + Período de Tiempo = for + Expresión Temporal.
    * por persona = per person.
    * por placer = for kicks, (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por poco dinero = cheaply.
    * por poco o nada = at little or no extra cost.
    * por poderes = by proxy.
    * por poner un ejemplo + Adjetivo = to take a + Adjetivo + example.
    * por poner un ejemplo sobre + Nombre = to take + Nombre.
    * por + Posesivo + cuenta = at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * por + Posesivo + parte = for + Posesivo + part.
    * por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * por + Posesivo + (propia) naturaleza = in + Posesivo + nature.
    * por primera vez = first + Verbo, for the first time, for once.
    * por principio = on principle.
    * por principios = as a matter of principle.
    * por probar nada se pierde = nothing ventured, nothing gained.
    * por + Pronombre + mismo = all by + Reflexivo, by + Reflexivo.
    * por propia iniciativa = self-directed.
    * por pura curiosidad = just out of interest, (just) as a mater of interest.
    * por pura diversión = for kicks.
    * por puro entretenimiento = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por puro placer = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por qué = why.
    * por razones + Adjetivo = for + Nombre + purposes.
    * por razones de = for the sake of.
    * por razones de seguridad = for security reasons, for safety reasons.
    * por razones éticas = on moral grounds.
    * por razones morales = on moral grounds.
    * por razones personales = for personal reasons.
    * por + Reflexivo + cuenta = for + Reflexivo.
    * por rencor = out of spite.
    * por respeto a = out of respect for, out of consideration for.
    * por rumores = grapevine.
    * por rutina = routinely.
    * por sacos = by the sackful.
    * por satélite = satellite-based.
    * por segunda vez = a second time, the second time around, a second time around.
    * por seguridad = for safety reasons.
    * por semana = per week.
    * por separado = at different times, in isolation, separately, singly.
    * por ser + Adjetivo = as being + Adjetivo.
    * por sexo = along gender lines.
    * por si = in the chance that.
    * por si acaso = in case of, on the off chance, just in case, on spec, for good measure.
    * por si casualidad = in the chance that.
    * por si era poco = for good measure.
    * por si fuera poco = to boot, for good measure, to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * por si hace falta consultarlo en el futuro = for future reference.
    * por si las moscas = just in case, on spec.
    * por sí mismo = for its/their own sake, in itself, in + Posesivo + own right, itself, unto + Reflexivo, in and of + Reflexivo.
    * por sí mismos = in themselves.
    * por simple curiosidad = (just) as a mater of interest, just out of interest.
    * por si sirve de algo = for what it's worth [FWIW].
    * por sí solo = by itself, for its/their own sake, on its own, in and of + Reflexivo, in itself.
    * por sí solos = by themselves, in themselves.
    * por si + tener + suerte = on spec.
    * por sorpresa = unawares.
    * por su cuenta y riesgo = at + Posesivo + own risk.
    * por suerte = luckily, fortunately, happily.
    * por suerte o por desgracia = for better or (for) worse, by luck or misfortune.
    * por su naturaleza = by + Posesivo + nature.
    * por su papel = in its role.
    * por su parte = in + Posesivo + own right.
    * por su propia voluntad = of its own accord.
    * por su propio derecho = in + Posesivo + own right.
    * por supuesto = of course, surely, to be sure, certainly.
    * ¡por supuesto que no! = heaven forbid, heaven forbid.
    * por suscripción = subscriber + Nombre.
    * por su volatilidad = mercurially.
    * por su volubilidad = mercurially.
    * por tanto = consequently, ergo, so, then, thereby, therefore, thus, it follows that.
    * por teléfono = on the telephone, by tele(phone), over the phone, over the telephone.
    * por temas = topically.
    * por temor a = for fear of/that.
    * por temor a represalias = under duress.
    * por término medio = on average.
    * por toda la ciudad = citywide [city-wide].
    * por toda la Internet = Internet-wide.
    * por toda la nación = nationwide [nation-wide].
    * por toda la provincia = province-wide.
    * por toda la vida = lifetime [life-time].
    * por todas las instituciones oficiales = government-wide.
    * por todas partes = all over the place, everywhere, widely, all around, far and wide.
    * por toda una vida = lifetime [life-time].
    * por todo = all over, throughout, all the way through.
    * por todo el campus universitario = campus-wide [campuswide].
    * por todo el continente = continent-wide.
    * por todo el distrito = district-wide [districtwide].
    * por todo el gobierno = government-wide.
    * por todo el mundo = worldwide [world-wide], around the world, across the globe, around the globe, across the world, around the planet, the world over.
    * por todo el planeta = across the planet, planet-wide.
    * por todo el servicio = service-wide.
    * por todo lo alto = grandly, on a grand scale.
    * por todo + Lugar = up and down + Lugar.
    * por todo + Nombre de Lugar = across + Nombre de Lugar.
    * por todos conocido = well-known.
    * por todos lados = left, right and centre, far and wide.
    * por todos los medios = by all means.
    * por todos sitios = everywhere.
    * por triplicado = in triplicate.
    * por trueque = in kind.
    * por turnos = on a rotating basis, on a rota basis, on a rota system, on a rota.
    * por última vez = for the last time, one last time.
    * por último = finally, last, lastly, ultimately.
    * por último pero no menos importante = last but not least.
    * por una lado... por otro = at one end... at the other.
    * por unanimidad = unanimously.
    * por una parte = on the one hand, on the one side.
    * por un gran margen = by a huge margin.
    * por un gustazo, un trancazo = a kingdom for a kiss.
    * por unidad = per unit.
    * por un lado = for one, on the one hand, on the one side.
    * por un lado entra + Nombre + y por otro sale + Nombre = in go + Nombre + at one end, and out come + Nombre + at the other.
    * por un momento = for a moment.
    * por uno mismo = on + Posesivo + own, for + Reflexivo.
    * por unos momentos = for a few moments, for a short time.
    * por uno solo = solo.
    * por un período de tiempo limitado = on a short-term basis.
    * por un tiempo = for a time.
    * por un tiempo indefinido = for an indefinite time to come, for indefinite time.
    * por valor de + Cantidad = amounting to + Cantidad.
    * por varias razones = for a variety of reasons, for a number of reasons.
    * por varios motivos = for a number of reasons.
    * por venganza = out of spite.
    * por voluntad propia = voluntarily.
    * quedar por ver = remain + to be seen.
    * tirar dinero y esfuerzo por la borda = be money and effort down the drain.
    * transporte por tierra = land transport.
    * utilizar por primera vez = pioneer.
    * venta al por mayor = wholesaling.
    * * *
    1) ( en relaciones causales) because of

    por falta de dinerobecause of o owing to lack of money

    si no fuera por mi hijo... — if it wasn't for my son...

    por + inf — for -ing

    2) ( según)

    por lo que parece... — it seems o it would seem...

    ¿por qué no vienes conmigo? — why don't you come with me?

    por si — in case; acaso, mosca II

    por más que me esfuerzohowever hard o no matter how hard I try

    por (muy) fácil que seahowever easy o no matter how easy it is

    5)

    colócalos por orden de tamaño/altura — put them in order of size/height

    por avión/barco/carretera — by air/sea/road

    me enteré por un amigoI heard from o through a friend

    c) (Educ) from
    6)

    cobra $30 por clase — he charges $30 a o per class

    uno por uno — one by one; ciento II

    tres por cuatro (son) doce — three times four is twelve, three fours are twelve

    7)
    a) (en relaciones de sustitución, intercambio, representación) for
    b) ( como)

    ¿acepta usted por esposa a Carmen? — do you take Carmen to be your (lawful wedded) wife?

    9) (expresando finalidad, objetivo)

    por + inf: daría cualquier cosa por verla — I'd give anything to see her

    por que + subj ( here por que can also be written porque): estaba ansioso por que lo escucharan — he was eager for them to listen to him

    10) (indicando consideración, favor) for
    11) (indicando inclinación, elección)

    salió/fue por or (Esp) a por pan — he went (out) for some bread, he went (out) to get some bread

    por mí que haga lo que quiera — as far as I'm concerned, he can do what he likes

    por + inf: tengo la casa por limpiar — I've got the house to clean

    15) (esp AmL)

    estar por + inf — ( estar a punto de)

    16) (indicando lugar de acceso, salida, trayectoria)

    ¿el 121 va por (la) Avenida Rosas? — does the 121 go along Rosas Avenue?

    ¿por dónde has venido? — which way did you come?

    ¿puedes pasar por la tintorería? — could you call in at o drop by the drycleaner's?

    17)

    ¿por dónde está or queda el hotel? — whereabouts is the hotel?

    ¿qué tal te fue por Londres? — how did you get on in London?

    por todos lados or por todas partes — everywhere

    voy por la página 15I'm up to o I'm on page 15

    pasa un trapo por el piso — give the floor a quick wipe; ver tb afuera, adentro, dentro, fuera, encima, etc

    por aquella época or por aquel entonces — at that time

    19) (Esp) ( indicando una ocasión) for
    20) ( durante) for

    por el momento or por ahora — for the time being o for now; ver tb mañana III, tarde II, noche

    * * *
    = across, along, around, because of, by, by, down, for the sake of, in connection with, in the gift of, on account of, on the grounds that/of, per, through, times, under, x, as a matter of, out of, through the agency of.

    Ex: This arrangement may facilitate browsing across different kinds of materials.

    Ex: This means that a large number of messages can be combined together along the same line, giving economies of scales.
    Ex: I wouldn't expect you to be detailed in your report in terms of where the bookmible would stop around town and where you'd park it.
    Ex: This makes him feel somehow defficient and all because of his difficulty in making sense out of words in print with which his troubles began.
    Ex: A set of government publications could be filed alphabetically by the issuing bureau, and then by title of the particular series in numerical order.
    Ex: Micrographic and computer technologies and their integration will become increasingly efficacious as agents for change with respect to the continued existence of the traditional 75 by 125 millimeter card.
    Ex: Some users find the format of KWIC indexes unacceptable, they find alphabetical arrangement by keywords down the centre of a page, and wrapped-round titles awkward.
    Ex: The advocates of ISBD originally argued that it was for the sake of the computer.
    Ex: There is an index to the schedules, but this has been criticised in connection with the size of the entry vocabulary.
    Ex: Its notability is seen to lie in the fact that it has significantly broken the stranglehold upon postgraduate studentships in the gift of the Science and Engineering Research Council.
    Ex: Partly on account of the variety of bases for coverage there is significant overlap between the assortment of abstracting and indexing services.
    Ex: AACR2 has been criticised on the grounds that it does not identify the cataloguing unit to which the rules refer.
    Ex: Indexing can thus be achieved at a detailed level, with often many terms per document, with almost no indexing effort.
    Ex: The contributions are input to the data base, then referred and any suggestion made by the referee are communicated through the data base to the editor.
    Ex: 4 days times 30 cents per day = 120 cents.
    Ex: One of the outcomes of entry under title has been the proliferation of serials titles.
    Ex: Card catalogues or indexes comprise a set of cards often 5x3 inches (122x72 mm), with each entry on a separate card.
    Ex: Most drivers stop at stop signs: Some do under duress -- there may be a policeman concealed in nearby bushes, others as a matter of prudence -- a fast car with the right of way can be injurious.
    Ex: But these and other interested people collected this type of books out of a mixture of curiosity and sentiment.
    Ex: This article argues that critical thinking, a long sought after goal in the US educational system, may be taught efficiently through the agency of library use instructions within the college environment.
    * actuar por impulso = act on + impulse.
    * aprendizaje por medio del ordenador = computer-based learning (CBL).
    * aunque por otro lado = but otherwise.
    * búsqueda por medio de menús = menu-assisted searching.
    * coger por sorpresa = catch out.
    * Día + por la tarde = late + Día.
    * digamos por ejemplo = let us say.
    * dominar por completo = sweep + the board.
    * encontrar por casualidad = come across.
    * encuadernación por encargo = bespoke binding.
    * error por omisión = omission failure.
    * estar por delante de = be ahead of.
    * hecho por encargo = bespoke.
    * introducir por primera vez = pioneer.
    * leer por encima = browse.
    * llamar por teléfono = call up.
    * muy por encima de todo = over and above all.
    * Nombre + por primera vez = Nombre + ever.
    * ordenado por fecha = in date order.
    * pasar por alto = bypass [by-pass], skip over, pass + Nombre/Pronombre + by.
    * pongamos por ejemplo = let us say.
    * por accidente = accidentally.
    * por adelantado = advance, in advance (of), up-front [up front].
    * por ahí = out there.
    * por ahora = as of right now, as yet, at present, at the moment, at this point, for the present, for the time being, just yet, for now, at this time, as of now, at the present, by now, for the nonce.
    * por ahora todo va bien = so far, so good.
    * por alguna razón = for some reason, for whatever reason.
    * por algún motivo = for whatever reason.
    * por algún tiempo = for sometime.
    * por allí = nearby [near-by].
    * por amor al arte = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por analogía = by analogy.
    * por anticipado = in advance (of).
    * por antonomasia = quintessential, unique.
    * por añadidura = in addition (to), on top of everything else.
    * por aquel entonces = at the time, about that time, by this time.
    * por aquí = around here, nearby [near-by], round here.
    * por aquí y por allí = hanging about.
    * por así decir = as it were.
    * por boca de = by word of mouth.
    * por bondad = out of the goodness of + Posesivo + heart.
    * por buena dirección = a step in the right direction.
    * por buen camino = a step in the right direction.
    * por cabeza = per person.
    * por cable = wireline, corded.
    * por caminos apartados = off-road.
    * por capas = multilayered [multi-layered/multi layered], layered, tiered.
    * por casualidad = by chance, coincidentally, fortuitously, by accident, by happenstance, happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo, accidentally, by a fluke, by luck, by a stroke of (good) luck.
    * por chiripa = by chance, by a fluke, by luck, by a stroke of (good) luck.
    * por ciento = per cent [percent] (%).
    * por cierto = coincidentally, incidentally, by the way, anecdotally, by the by(e), speaking of which.
    * por coincidencia = by coincidence.
    * por comodidad = for convenience, for the sake of + convenience.
    * por completo = fully.
    * por confirmar = to be announced, to be confirmed.
    * por consideración a = out of respect for.
    * por consideración a = out of consideration for.
    * por consiguiente = consequently, then, thence, by implication, therefore.
    * por contra = in contrast.
    * por conveniencia = for convenience, for the sake of + convenience.
    * por correo = by post, mailed.
    * por cortesía de = courtesy of.
    * por cualquier motivo = for whatever reason.
    * por cualquier razón = for whatever reason.
    * por cuanto que = because.
    * por cuenta ajena = vicariously.
    * por cuenta de uno = privately.
    * por cuenta propia = freelance, self-employed, at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * por cuenta y riesgo de Uno = at + Posesivo + peril.
    * por curiosidad = out of curiosity.
    * por debajo de = below, beneath, underneath.
    * por debajo de + Cantidad = under + Cantidad.
    * por debajo de cero = sub-zero, below-freezing.
    * por debajo del 10 por ciento = single digit, single figure.
    * por debajo de la media = sub-par, below-average.
    * por debajo de las posibilidades = below + Posesivo + capabilities.
    * por debajo de lo normal = below-normal.
    * por debajo de lo óptimo = sub-optimal [suboptimal].
    * por debajo del peso nomral = underweight.
    * por décadas = ten-yearly.
    * por decidir = to be decided.
    * por decirlo así = so to speak, in a manner of speaking.
    * por decirlo de alguna manera = so to speak.
    * por decirlo de algún modo = in a manner of speaking, so to speak.
    * por decisión propia = by choice.
    * por defecto = by default, default.
    * por deferencia a = in deference to.
    * por definición = by definition.
    * por delante = ahead.
    * por delante de = ahead of.
    * por delante de la competencia = ahead of the game.
    * por delante y por detrás = front and back.
    * por dentro = inwardly.
    * por desgracia = unfortunately, sadly, unhappily, disappointingly.
    * por despecho = spitefully, out of spite.
    * ¡por dios! = in heaven's name, for God's sake, gosh.
    * ¡por Dios! = for crying out loud!.
    * por diversión = for sport, for fun, (just) for the hell of (doing) it, for kicks, (just) for the fun of (doing) it.
    * por divertirse = for kicks.
    * por doquier = all around.
    * por dos años = two-year.
    * por ejemplo = e.g. (latín - exempli gratia), for example, for instance, say, to illustrate, for the sake of + argument.
    * por (el) amor a = for the love of.
    * ¡por el amor de Dios! = for crying out loud!.
    * por el bien del saber = for knowledge's sake.
    * por el contrario = by contrast, conversely, however, in contrast, instead, on the contrary, by way of contrast, to the contrary, quite the opposite, by comparison, contrariwise, quite the contrary, quite the reverse.
    * por el cual = whereby, whereupon.
    * por el detalle = for detail.
    * por el día = by day, daytime [day-time], during the daytime, in the daytime, during daytime.
    * por el día o por la noche = day or night.
    * por el día y por la noche = day and night, night and day.
    * por elección propia = by choice.
    * por el gobierno = governmentally + Adjetivo.
    * por el gobierno federal = federally.
    * por el hecho de que = because of the fact that.
    * por el hombre = humanly.
    * por ello = on this basis, on that basis, accordingly.
    * por el mero hecho de saber = for knowledge's sake.
    * por el método de ensayo y error = by trial and error, trial and error.
    * por el modo = by the way.
    * por el momento = for the time being, momentarily, at the moment, for the nonce, for the present.
    * por el placer de hacerlo = (just) for the fun of (doing) it.
    * por el que se puede cobrar = chargeable.
    * por el receptor = at the receiving end.
    * por el sexo = gendered.
    * por encargo = custom, bespoke.
    * por encima = overhead, cursorily.
    * por encima de = across, beyond, beyond all, over, over and above, beyond the range of, well over + Expresión Numérica, overarching, above.
    * por encima de + Cantidad = in excess of + Cantidad.
    * por encima de eso = beyond that.
    * por encima del 10 por ciento = double digit, double figure.
    * por encima de la media = above average.
    * por encima de la tierra = aboveground.
    * por encima de toda crítica = beyond reproach, above reproach.
    * por encima de toda duda = beyond reproach, above reproach.
    * por encima de toda razón = beyond reason.
    * por encima de toda sospecha = above suspicion.
    * por encima de todo = at all costs, at any cost, at any price.
    * por ende = thereby, accordingly, therefore.
    * por enfado = out of anger.
    * por enojo = out of anger.
    * por error = by mistake.
    * por esa razón = thereby, for that reason.
    * por escrito = in writing, in print, written.
    * por eso = on that score, therefore.
    * por eso que = hence.
    * por esta razón = for this reason.
    * por esta única razón = for this reason alone.
    * por este motivo = for this reason.
    * por esto = thus, accordingly, therefore.
    * por etapas = staged.
    * por excelencia = par excellence, quintessential, unique.
    * por exceso = excessively, to excess.
    * por explotar = untapped.
    * por + Expresión Temporal = by the + Expresión Temporal.
    * por extensión = by extension.
    * por extenso = in full, at length.
    * por falta de = for want of, for lack of.
    * por fases = staged.
    * por favor = please.
    * por favor, responda = RSVP [R.S.V.P.].
    * por fin = at length, at last, finally, at long last.
    * por fin llegó la hora (de) = it's about time (that).
    * por frustración = out of frustration.
    * por fuera = outwardly, outwardly.
    * por grupos = in batches.
    * por gusto = for kicks, (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por hora = hourly.
    * por horas = on an hourly basis.
    * por igual = alike, on an equitable basis, equally, in equal measure(s).
    * por imitación = copycat.
    * por incremento gradual = incremental.
    * por incrementos graduales = incrementally.
    * por individuo = per capita, per person.
    * por iniciativa de = at the instigation of, under the auspices of.
    * por instinto = instinctively.
    * por interés = out of interest.
    * por interés personal = self-interested.
    * por investigar = unresearched.
    * por invitación = invitational.
    * por invitación de = at the invitation of.
    * por la borda = overboard.
    * por la cantidad de + Número = amounting to + Cantidad.
    * por la forma = by the way.
    * por la friolera de + Cantidad = to the tune of + Cantidad.
    * por la fuerza = forcibly.
    * por la mala fortuna = by ill fate.
    * por la mala suerte = by ill luck, by bad luck, by ill fate.
    * por la manera = by the way.
    * por la mañana = in the morning.
    * por la mañana y por la noche = morning and night.
    * por la noche = overnight, at night, night-time, after dark, by night.
    * por la posibilidad de = at the prospect of.
    * por la presente = hereby.
    * por las buenas o por las malas = by hook or by crook.
    * por la sencilla razón = for no other reason.
    * por las nubes = soaring.
    * por la tarde = in the evening.
    * por ley = mandated.
    * por libre = freelance.
    * por línea telefónica = over the telephone line.
    * por lo general = on the whole, all in all, in general, generally, generally speaking, in the normal run of events, in the normal run of things.
    * por lo pronto = for the time being.
    * por lo que = so.
    * por lo que concierne a = as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, so far as + Nombre + be concerned.
    * por lo que concierne a Uno = on + Posesivo + side.
    * por lo que dicen todos = by all accounts.
    * por lo que es = in + Posesivo + own right.
    * por lo que incumbe a Uno = on + Posesivo + side.
    * ¡Por lo que más quieras! = for God's sake.
    * por lo que se refiere a = moving on to.
    * por lo que son = in + Posesivo + own right.
    * por lo que yo sé = to the best of my knowledge.
    * por los pelos = by the skin of + Posesivo + teeth, close call, close shave.
    * por los siguientes motivos = on the following counts.
    * por los suelos = in tatters.
    * por lo tanto = consequently, ergo, so, then, thereby, therefore, thus, it follows that.
    * por lo visto = apparently, apparently.
    * por mala fortuna = unfortunately, unhappily, sadly.
    * por mala suerte = by ill luck, by bad luck, by a stroke of bad luck, by ill fate.
    * por mal camino = astray.
    * por más que lo intento = for the life of me.
    * por materias = subject-based, topically.
    * por mecionar sólo unos cuantos = to mention only a few.
    * por medio = out of.
    * por medio de = by means of, by way of, in the form of, through, via, via the medium of, by dint of, through the agency of.
    * por medio de isótopos = isotopically.
    * por medio de otro(s) = by proxy.
    * por medio de una agencia = on a bureau basis.
    * por mencionar sólo algunos = to mention but a few of, to mention only a few.
    * por mencionar sólo unos cuantos = to mention but a few of, to name only some.
    * por mencionar sólo unos pocos = to name but a few.
    * por mencionar unos pocos = just to name a few.
    * por menús = menu-driven.
    * por méritos = meritorious.
    * por mes = per month.
    * por miedo de = for fear of/that.
    * por millones = in the millions, by the millions.
    * por mor de = because of, out of consideration for, out of respect for.
    * por motivo de = in the interest(s) of.
    * por motivos de = for the sake of, on grounds.
    * por motivos de + Nombre = for + Nombre's sake.
    * por muchas razones = in many ways.
    * por mucho que lo intento = for the life of me.
    * por mucho tiempo = for long, for long periods of time.
    * por muy + Adjetivo/Adverbio + Nombre + que + Subjuntivo = however + Adjetivo/Adverbio + Nombre + Verbo.
    * por muy + Adjetivo/Adverbio + que sea = however + Adjetivo/Adverbio.
    * por muy + Adjetivo + be = Adjetivo + though + Nombre + be.
    * por muy difícil que parezca = difficult though it may seem, difficult as it may seem.
    * por muy extraño que parezca = oddly enough, strangely enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, funnily enough, funnily.
    * por muy increíble que parezca = incredible though it may seem, incredibly, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, although it may seem incredible.
    * por muy mentira que parezca = incredibly, incredible though it may seem, strangely enough, incredibly enough, incredible as it may seem, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange, although it may seem incredible.
    * por muy raro que parezca = strangely enough, oddly enough, strange though it may seem, strange as it may seem, although it may seem strange.
    * por nada = for nothing.
    * por nada del mundo = for the life of me.
    * por nada or casi nada = at little or no extra cost.
    * por naturaleza = by nature, by definition, characteristically, natural-born, naturally, inherently.
    * por necesidad = of necessity, out of necessity.
    * por niveles = multilayered [multi-layered/multi layered], multilayer, layered, tiered.
    * por no decir algo peor = to put it mildly.
    * por no decir nada de = to say nothing of.
    * por no decir nunca = if ever.
    * por no decir otra cosa peor = to say the least.
    * por nombrar (sólo) + Número = to name (only) + Número.
    * por nombrar sólo unos cuantos = to name only some.
    * por nombrar sólo unos pocos = to name but a few.
    * por + Nombre = on a + Adjetivo + basis.
    * por no mencionar = not to mention.
    * por norma = as a rule.
    * por + Número + cosas = on + Número + counts.
    * por orden de = mandated.
    * por orden del congreso = congressionally mandated.
    * por orden de llegada = on a first come first served basis.
    * por orden numérico = in numerical order.
    * por otra parte = on the other hand, on the other side, on the flip side.
    * por otro lado = alternatively, however, on the other hand, on the other side, for another thing, on the flip side, on another topic, on another matter, on another note, on other matters.
    * por parejas = in pairs.
    * por parte de = on the part of.
    * por parte de uno = on + Posesivo + part.
    * por pasar el rato = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por pereza = lazily.
    * por + Período de Tiempo = for + Expresión Temporal.
    * por persona = per person.
    * por placer = for kicks, (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por poco dinero = cheaply.
    * por poco o nada = at little or no extra cost.
    * por poderes = by proxy.
    * por poner un ejemplo + Adjetivo = to take a + Adjetivo + example.
    * por poner un ejemplo sobre + Nombre = to take + Nombre.
    * por + Posesivo + cuenta = at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * por + Posesivo + parte = for + Posesivo + part.
    * por + Posesivo + propia cuenta = at + Posesivo + own expense.
    * por + Posesivo + (propia) naturaleza = in + Posesivo + nature.
    * por primera vez = first + Verbo, for the first time, for once.
    * por principio = on principle.
    * por principios = as a matter of principle.
    * por probar nada se pierde = nothing ventured, nothing gained.
    * por + Pronombre + mismo = all by + Reflexivo, by + Reflexivo.
    * por propia iniciativa = self-directed.
    * por pura curiosidad = just out of interest, (just) as a mater of interest.
    * por pura diversión = for kicks.
    * por puro entretenimiento = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por puro placer = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * por qué = why.
    * por razones + Adjetivo = for + Nombre + purposes.
    * por razones de = for the sake of.
    * por razones de seguridad = for security reasons, for safety reasons.
    * por razones éticas = on moral grounds.
    * por razones morales = on moral grounds.
    * por razones personales = for personal reasons.
    * por + Reflexivo + cuenta = for + Reflexivo.
    * por rencor = out of spite.
    * por respeto a = out of respect for, out of consideration for.
    * por rumores = grapevine.
    * por rutina = routinely.
    * por sacos = by the sackful.
    * por satélite = satellite-based.
    * por segunda vez = a second time, the second time around, a second time around.
    * por seguridad = for safety reasons.
    * por semana = per week.
    * por separado = at different times, in isolation, separately, singly.
    * por ser + Adjetivo = as being + Adjetivo.
    * por sexo = along gender lines.
    * por si = in the chance that.
    * por si acaso = in case of, on the off chance, just in case, on spec, for good measure.
    * por si casualidad = in the chance that.
    * por si era poco = for good measure.
    * por si fuera poco = to boot, for good measure, to add insult to injury, to add salt to injury, to rub salt in the wound.
    * por si hace falta consultarlo en el futuro = for future reference.
    * por si las moscas = just in case, on spec.
    * por sí mismo = for its/their own sake, in itself, in + Posesivo + own right, itself, unto + Reflexivo, in and of + Reflexivo.
    * por sí mismos = in themselves.
    * por simple curiosidad = (just) as a mater of interest, just out of interest.
    * por si sirve de algo = for what it's worth [FWIW].
    * por sí solo = by itself, for its/their own sake, on its own, in and of + Reflexivo, in itself.
    * por sí solos = by themselves, in themselves.
    * por si + tener + suerte = on spec.
    * por sorpresa = unawares.
    * por su cuenta y riesgo = at + Posesivo + own risk.
    * por suerte = luckily, fortunately, happily.
    * por suerte o por desgracia = for better or (for) worse, by luck or misfortune.
    * por su naturaleza = by + Posesivo + nature.
    * por su papel = in its role.
    * por su parte = in + Posesivo + own right.
    * por su propia voluntad = of its own accord.
    * por su propio derecho = in + Posesivo + own right.
    * por supuesto = of course, surely, to be sure, certainly.
    * ¡por supuesto que no! = heaven forbid, heaven forbid.
    * por suscripción = subscriber + Nombre.
    * por su volatilidad = mercurially.
    * por su volubilidad = mercurially.
    * por tanto = consequently, ergo, so, then, thereby, therefore, thus, it follows that.
    * por teléfono = on the telephone, by tele(phone), over the phone, over the telephone.
    * por temas = topically.
    * por temor a = for fear of/that.
    * por temor a represalias = under duress.
    * por término medio = on average.
    * por toda la ciudad = citywide [city-wide].
    * por toda la Internet = Internet-wide.
    * por toda la nación = nationwide [nation-wide].
    * por toda la provincia = province-wide.
    * por toda la vida = lifetime [life-time].
    * por todas las instituciones oficiales = government-wide.
    * por todas partes = all over the place, everywhere, widely, all around, far and wide.
    * por toda una vida = lifetime [life-time].
    * por todo = all over, throughout, all the way through.
    * por todo el campus universitario = campus-wide [campuswide].
    * por todo el continente = continent-wide.
    * por todo el distrito = district-wide [districtwide].
    * por todo el gobierno = government-wide.
    * por todo el mundo = worldwide [world-wide], around the world, across the globe, around the globe, across the world, around the planet, the world over.
    * por todo el planeta = across the planet, planet-wide.
    * por todo el servicio = service-wide.
    * por todo lo alto = grandly, on a grand scale.
    * por todo + Lugar = up and down + Lugar.
    * por todo + Nombre de Lugar = across + Nombre de Lugar.
    * por todos conocido = well-known.
    * por todos lados = left, right and centre, far and wide.
    * por todos los medios = by all means.
    * por todos sitios = everywhere.
    * por triplicado = in triplicate.
    * por trueque = in kind.
    * por turnos = on a rotating basis, on a rota basis, on a rota system, on a rota.
    * por última vez = for the last time, one last time.
    * por último = finally, last, lastly, ultimately.
    * por último pero no menos importante = last but not least.
    * por una lado... por otro = at one end... at the other.
    * por unanimidad = unanimously.
    * por una parte = on the one hand, on the one side.
    * por un gran margen = by a huge margin.
    * por un gustazo, un trancazo = a kingdom for a kiss.
    * por unidad = per unit.
    * por un lado = for one, on the one hand, on the one side.
    * por un lado entra + Nombre + y por otro sale + Nombre = in go + Nombre + at one end, and out come + Nombre + at the other.
    * por un momento = for a moment.
    * por uno mismo = on + Posesivo + own, for + Reflexivo.
    * por unos momentos = for a few moments, for a short time.
    * por uno solo = solo.
    * por un período de tiempo limitado = on a short-term basis.
    * por un tiempo = for a time.
    * por un tiempo indefinido = for an indefinite time to come, for indefinite time.
    * por valor de + Cantidad = amounting to + Cantidad.
    * por varias razones = for a variety of reasons, for a number of reasons.
    * por varios motivos = for a number of reasons.
    * por venganza = out of spite.
    * por voluntad propia = voluntarily.
    * quedar por ver = remain + to be seen.
    * tirar dinero y esfuerzo por la borda = be money and effort down the drain.
    * transporte por tierra = land transport.
    * utilizar por primera vez = pioneer.
    * venta al por mayor = wholesaling.

    * * *
    A en relaciones causales
    B según
    C ¿por qué?
    D en locuciones
    E en expresiones concesivas
    F
    1 en expresiones de modo
    2 indicando el medio
    3 Educación
    G
    1 en relaciones de proporción
    2 en multiplicaciones
    H
    1 en relaciones de sustitución etc
    2 por ejemplo
    I como
    A al expresar finalidad, objetivo
    B indicando consideración, favor
    C indicando inclinación, elección
    D en busca de
    E en lo que respecta a
    F indicando una situación pendiente
    G estar por
    A indicando lugar de acceso, salida
    B
    C expresando lugar determinado
    D indicando extensión
    A expresando tiempo aproximado
    B indicando una ocasión
    C durante
    he puesto esto aquí por el gato I've put this here because of the cat
    nunca se lo dijo por miedo a perderla he never told her out of fear of losing her o because he was afraid of losing her
    eso te pasa por crédulo that's what you get for being (so) gullible
    lo conseguimos por él we got it thanks to him
    ella es así por naturaleza she's like that by nature
    lo hace por necesidad he does it out of necessity
    no se acabó por falta de dinero it wasn't finished for o because of o owing to lack of money
    el final no por conocido me resulta menos triste knowing how it ends doesn't make it any less sad
    por su alto contenido en proteínas because of o owing to its high protein content
    tanto por su precio como por su practicidad both for its price and its practical design
    fue por eso por lo que no te llamé or fue por eso que no te llamé that was the reason o that was why I didn't call you
    precisamente por eso no dije nada that's precisely why I didn't say anything
    la muerte se produjo por asfixia he suffocated, death was caused by suffocation ( frml)
    éste serviría si no fuera por el color this one would do if it weren't for the color
    fue elogiado por su excelente actuación he was praised for his excellent performance
    por + INF for -ING
    me pidió perdón por haberme mentido he apologized for lying o for having lied to me
    B (según) from
    por lo que he oído from what I've heard
    por lo que parece no va a volver it seems o it would seem he's not coming back
    por mi experiencia diría que … from my experience, I would say that …
    C ( fam):
    ¿por? why?
    ¿con quién vas? — con Daniel ¿por? who are you going with? — with Daniel, why? o why do you want to know?
    ¿por qué lloras? why are you crying?
    ¿por qué no vienes a almorzar a casa? why don't you come to my house for lunch?
    por si in case
    llévate una muda, por si tuvieras que quedarte take a change of clothes (just) in case you have to stay
    acaso, mosca2 (↑ mosca (2))
    por más que me esfuerzo me sigue saliendo mal no matter how hard I try o however hard I try, I still can't get it right
    (+ subj): por (muy) fácil que se lo pongan, no creo que lo sepa hacer however easy o no matter how easy they make it for him I don't think he'll be able to do it
    F
    1
    (en expresiones de modo): clasifícalos por tamaño classify them according to size o by size
    colóquense por orden de altura line up in order of height
    por adelantado in advance
    por escrito in writing
    2
    (indicando el medio): se lo comunicaron por teléfono they told him over the phone
    lo dijeron por la radio they said it on the radio
    lo mandaron por avión/barco they sent it by air/sea
    por carretera by road
    la conocí por la voz I recognized the o her voice, I recognized her by her voice
    me enteré por un amigo I heard from o through a friend
    lo intenté por todos los medios I tried everything possible o every possible way
    es doctor honoris causa por Oxford he has an honorary doctorate from Oxford
    un graduado en ciencias políticas por la universidad de Granada a graduate in political science from the university of Granada
    G
    1
    (en relaciones de proporción): cobra $30 por clase he charges $30 a o per class
    120 kilómetros por hora 120 kilometers an o per hour
    lo venden por metro they sell it by the meter
    tú comes por tres you eat enough for three people
    había un hombre por cada dos mujeres there was one man to every two women
    tiene tres metros de largo por uno de ancho it's three meters long by one meter wide
    ya hemos hecho bastante por hoy we've done enough for today
    los hizo entrar uno por uno she made them come in one by one o one at a time
    examinar un escrito punto por punto to go through a document point by point
    ciento2 (↑ ciento (2))
    (en multiplicaciones): tres por cuatro (son) doce three times four is twelve, three fours are twelve
    H
    1
    (en relaciones de sustitución, intercambio, representación): su secretaria firmó por él his secretary signed for him o on his behalf
    yo puedo ir por ti I can go for you o in your place
    por toda respuesta se encogió de hombros all he did was shrug his shoulders
    tú podrías pasar por inglesa you could pass as English o for an Englishwoman
    te dan uno nuevo por dos viejos they give you one new one in exchange for two old ones
    es senador por Canarias he's a senator for the Canary Islands
    2
    (como): por ejemplo for example
    ¿acepta usted por esposa a Carmen? do you take Carmen to be your (lawful wedded) wife?
    un lugar frecuentado por muchos famosos a place frequented by many famous people
    se vieron sorprendidos por una tormenta they were caught in a sudden storm
    la ocupación de la fábrica por (parte de) los obreros the occupation of the factory by the workers
    ver tb parte2 f B. (↑ parte (2))
    A
    (al expresar finalidad, objetivo): se estaban peleando por la pelota they were fighting over the ball
    lo hace por el dinero he does it for the money
    te lo digo por tu bien I'm telling you for your own good
    por + INF:
    daría cualquier cosa por verte contento I'd give anything to see you happy
    no entré por no molestar I didn't go in so as not to disturb him o because I didn't want to disturb him
    eso es hablar por hablar that's talking for the sake of talking o for the sake of it
    estaba ansioso por que lo escucharan he was eager for them to listen to him
    recemos por que lleguen a un acuerdo let's pray that they'll come to an agreement
    siguieron luchando por que se hiciera justicia they continued fighting for justice to be done
    B
    (indicando consideración, favor): haría cualquier cosa por ti I'd do anything for you
    intercede por nosotros intercede for us
    por mí no lo hagas don't do it just for me o for my sake
    C
    (indicando inclinación, elección): su amor por la música her love of music
    demostró gran interés por el cuadro he showed great interest in the painting
    no siento nada por él I don't feel anything for him
    opté por no ir I chose not to go
    votó por ella he voted for her
    ¿por la afirmativa? all those in favor?
    se manifestaron por el derecho al aborto they demonstrated for the right to abortion
    estar por algn ( fam); to be crazy about sb
    D
    (en busca de): salió/fue poror ( Esp) a por pan he went (out) for some bread, he went (out) to get some bread
    E
    (en lo que respecta a): por mí no hay inconveniente I don't mind
    que haga lo que le dé la gana, por mí … let him do what he likes, as far as I'm concerned …
    tengo toda la casa por limpiar I've got the whole house to clean
    estos cambios aún están por hacer these changes have still not been made o are yet to be made
    ver2 vt C 1. (↑ ver (2))
    G
    ( AmL) estar por + INF (estar a punto de): deben de estar por llegar they should be arriving any minute
    la leche está por hervir the milk's about to boil
    A
    (indicando lugar de acceso, salida, trayectoria): entró por la ventana he came in through the window
    sal por aquí go out this way
    el acceso al edificio es por la calle Lamas you enter the building from Lamas Street
    el piano no va a pasar por la puerta the piano won't go through the door
    se cayó por la escalera he fell down the stairs
    subieron por la ladera este they went up by the east face
    ¿el 121 va por (la) Avenida Rosas? does the 121 go along Rosas Avenue?
    fuimos por el camino más largo we took the longer route
    no vayas por ahí que te vas a perder don't go that way, you'll get lost
    ¿por dónde has venido? which way did you come?
    ¿puedes pasar por la tintorería? could you call in at o drop by the drycleaner's?
    B
    (expresando lugar indeterminado): está por ahí he's over there somewhere
    ¿por dónde está or queda el restaurante? whereabouts is the restaurant?
    viven por el sur/por mi barrio they live in the south somewhere/around my area
    hace mucho que no lo vemos por aquí we haven't seen him around here for ages
    ¿qué tal te fue por Londres? how did you get on in London?
    C
    (expresando lugar determinado): corta por aquí cut here
    voy por la página 15 I'm up to o I'm on page 15
    empieza por el principio start at the beginning
    agárralo por el mango hold it by the handle
    D
    (indicando extensión): lo he buscado por todos lados or por todas partes I've looked everywhere for it
    la epidemia se extendió por todo el país the epidemic spread throughout the (whole) country
    estuvimos viajando por el norte de Francia we were traveling around o in the North of France
    fuimos a caminar por la playa we went for a walk along the beach
    pasa un trapo por el piso give the floor a quick wipe
    A
    (expresando tiempo aproximado): por aquella época at that time
    por aquel entonces vivían en Pozuelo at that time they were living in Pozuelo
    sucedió por allá por 1960 it happened some time back around 1960
    me lo regalaron por mi cumpleaños they gave it to me for my birthday
    por Semana Santa pensamos ir a Londres we're thinking of going to London for Easter
    C (durante) for
    por los siglos de los siglos for ever and ever
    no se lo confío ni por un minuto I wouldn't trust him with it for a minute
    puede quedar así por el momento or por ahora it can stay like that for the time being o for now
    ver tb mañana3 (↑ mañana (3)), tarde2 (↑ tarde (2)), noche
    * * *

     

    por preposición
    1 ( causa) because of;
    por falta de dinero because of o owing to lack of money;

    por naturaleza by nature;
    por necesidad out of necessity;
    por eso no dije nada that's why I didn't say anything;
    fue por eso que no te llamé that was why I didn't call you;
    si no fuera por mi hijo … if it wasn't for my son …;
    me pidió perdón por haberme mentido he apologized for lying o for having lied to me
    2 ( en locs)

    no dijo por qué he didn't say why;
    ¿por qué no vienes conmigo? why don't you come with me?;
    por si in case;
    por si no entiende in case he doesn't understand;
    See Also→ acaso 2, mosca
    3 ( en expresiones concesivas):
    por más que me esfuerzo however hard o no matter how hard I try;

    por (muy) fácil que sea however easy o no matter how easy it is
    4
    a) ( modo):


    por adelantado in advance;
    por escrito in writing
    b) ( medio):


    lo dijeron por la radio they said it on the radio;
    por avión by air;
    la conocí por la voz I recognized her by her voice;
    me enteré por un amigo I heard from o through a friend
    5

    cobra $30 por clase he charges $30 a o per class;

    120 kilómetros por hora 120 kilometers an o per hour;
    por metro/docena by the meter/dozen;
    tú comes por tres you eat enough for three people;
    tiene tres metros de largo por uno de ancho it's three meters long by one meter wide;
    uno por uno one by one;
    See Also→ ciento sustantivo masculino b


    6

    su secretaria firmó por él his secretary signed for him o on his behalf;

    pasa por inglesa she passes for an Englishwoman
    b) ( como):


    7 ( introduciendo el agente) by;

    1 (finalidad, objetivo):

    lo hace por el dinero he does it for the money;
    no entré por no molestarlo I didn't go in because I didn't want to disturb him;
    por que + subj (here por que can also be written porque): estaba ansioso por que lo escucharan he was eager for them to listen to him
    2 (indicando inclinación, elección):

    no siento nada por él I don't feel anything for him;
    votó por ella he voted for her
    3 ( en busca de): salió/fue por or (Esp) a por pan he went (out) for some bread, he went (out) to get some bread
    4 ( en lo que respecta a):
    por mí que haga lo que quiera as far as I'm concerned, he can do what he likes

    5 (esp AmL) estar por + inf ( estar a punto de) to be about to + inf;

    deben (de) estar por llegar they should be arriving any minute
    1
    a) ( lugar):


    sal por aquí go out this way;
    se cayó por la escalera he fell down the stairs;
    ¿el 121 va por (la) Avenida Rosas? does the 121 go along Rosas Avenue?;
    ¿por dónde has venido? which way did you come?;
    está por ahí he's over there somewhere;
    ¿por dónde está el hotel? whereabouts is the hotel?;
    viven por mi barrio they live around my area;
    voy por la página 15 I'm up to o I'm on page 15;
    empieza por el principio start at the beginning;
    agárralo por el mango hold it by the handle
    b) ( indicando extensión): por todos lados or por todas partes everywhere;

    viajamos por el norte de Francia we traveled around o in the North of France;

    ver tb dentro, fuera, encima, etc
    2 ( tiempo) for;

    por el momento or por ahora for the time being, for now;
    ver tb mañana, tarde, noche
    3 (Esp) ( ocasión) for;

    por preposición
    1 (autoría) by: está escrito por mí, it was written by me
    2 (camino, lugar) through: viajamos por Castilla, we travelled round Castilla
    3 (medio) lo enviaron por avión, they sent it by plane
    me enteré por el periódico, I read about it in the newspaper
    4 (motivo, causa) because of
    por tu culpa, because of you
    (en favor de) for: hazlo por ellos, do it for their sake
    por la libertad, for freedom
    5 (en torno a) por San Juan, near Saint John's Day
    6 (durante) por la mañana/noche, in the morning/at night
    por el momento, for the time being
    7 (a través) entramos por la puerta, we got in through the door
    miramos por la ventana, we looked out (of) the window
    pasamos por la ciudad, we went through the town
    8 (sobre, por encima de) cruzaremos por el puente, we'll cross the bridge
    9 (delante de) paso todos los días por tu casa, I go by your house every day
    10 (a cambio de) for: te doy mi helado por tu yogur, I'll swap you my ice-cream for your yoghurt
    11 (en una distribución, cálculo) por cabeza, a head, per person
    mil pesetas por hora, a thousand pesetas per hour
    dos mil revoluciones por minuto, two thousand revolutions per minute
    12 (en una multiplicación) dos por dos, cuatro, two times two is four
    un diez por ciento, ten per cent
    13 (con infinitivo) in order to, so as to
    trabajar por trabajar, to work for the sake of it
    ♦ Locuciones: por así decirlo, so to speak
    por más/mucho que..., no matter how...
    por qué, why
    ' por' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - abogar
    - abonar
    - abonarse
    - abotargada
    - abotargado
    - abuelo
    - acabar
    - acaso
    - accidente
    - acercarse
    - acertar
    - aclamación
    - acomplejada
    - acomplejado
    - acomplejarse
    - acoquinar
    - acostumbrar
    - actual
    - adelantada
    - adelantado
    - adivinar
    - admitir
    - adoración
    - aérea
    - aéreo
    - afanarse
    - afectada I
    - afectado
    - afición
    - agradecer
    - aguantar
    - ahí
    - ahogada
    - ahogado
    - ahora
    - ahorcarse
    - ahorrar
    - aire
    - alegrarse
    - algo
    - allá
    - allí
    - almacén
    - alquiler
    - alta
    - alto
    - aludida
    - aludido
    - amarga
    English:
    A
    - aback
    - ablaze
    - about
    - above
    - absence
    - absorb
    - accident
    - accidentally
    - acclaim
    - accompany
    - accord
    - accordingly
    - account
    - accustom
    - actual
    - actually
    - add to
    - advocate
    - after
    - afternoon
    - again
    - against
    - air
    - airmail
    - alert
    - allowance
    - alone
    - alphabetically
    - alternately
    - amble
    - amends
    - amok
    - angry
    - annihilate
    - annoy
    - answer for
    - answering service
    - antipathy
    - anxious
    - anywhere
    - apologetic
    - apologize
    - appal
    - appall
    - apparently
    - appearance
    - appease
    - appointment
    - appreciate
    * * *
    por prep
    1. [indica causa] because of;
    llegó tarde por el tráfico she was late because of the traffic;
    lo hizo por amor he did it out of o for love;
    me disculpé por llegar tarde I apologized for arriving late;
    miré dentro por simple curiosidad I looked inside out of pure curiosity;
    accidentes por conducción temeraria accidents caused by reckless driving;
    muertes por enfermedades cardiovasculares deaths from cardiovascular disease;
    no quise llamar por la hora (que era) I didn't want to call because of the time;
    cerrado por vacaciones/reformas [en letrero] closed for holidays/alterations;
    por mí no te preocupes don't worry about me;
    Esp
    fue por eso por lo que tuvimos tantos problemas, Am [m5] fue por eso que tuvimos tantos problemas that's why we had so many problems;
    eso te pasa por (ser tan) generoso that's what you get for being so generous;
    la razón por (la) que dimite the reason (why) she is resigning;
    ¿por qué? why?;
    ¿por qué no vienes? why don't you come?;
    ¿por qué lo preguntas? – por nada why do you ask? – no reason;
    Fam
    ¿por? why?;
    por si in case;
    por si se te olvida in case you forget
    2. [indica indicio]
    por lo que me dices/lo que he oído no debe de ser tan difícil from what you say/what I've heard, it can't be that difficult;
    por lo que tengo entendido, viven juntos as I understand it, they live together, my understanding is that they live together;
    por lo visto, por lo que se ve apparently
    3. [indica finalidad] (antes de infinitivo) (in order) to;
    * * *
    prp
    1 motivo for, because of;
    lo hace por mí he does it for me;
    lo hizo por amor she did it out of o for love;
    luchó por sus ideales he fought for his ideals;
    por miedo a ofenderle for fear of upsetting her;
    vino por verme he came to see me
    2 medio by;
    por avión by air;
    por correo by mail, Br
    tb by post
    :
    por un año/un segundo for a year/a second;
    por la mañana in the morning;
    por Navidad around Christmas
    :
    por la calle down the street;
    por un tunel through a tunnel;
    por aquí this way
    5 posición aproximada around, about;
    está por aquí it’s around here (somewhere);
    vive por el centro de la ciudad she lives somewhere around the center of town
    :
    por cincuenta pesos for fifty pesos;
    por cabeza each, a head
    :
    por hora an o per hour;
    dos por dos two times two;
    ¿por qué? why?;
    por el que … the reason why …;
    esa factura aún está por pagar that invoice still has to be paid;
    por difícil que sea however difficult it might be
    * * *
    por prep
    1) : for, during
    se quedaron allí por la semana: they stayed there during the week
    por el momento: for now, at the moment
    2) : around, during
    por noviembre empieza a nevar: around November it starts to snow
    por la mañana: in the morning
    3) : around (a place)
    debe estar por allí: it must be over there
    por todas partes: everywhere
    4) : by, through, along
    por la puerta: through the door
    pasé por tu casa: I stopped by your house
    por la costa: along the coast
    5) : for, for the sake of
    lo hizo por su madre: he did it for his mother
    ¡por Dios!: for heaven's sake!
    6) : because of, on account of
    llegué tarde por el tráfico: I arrived late because of the traffic
    dejar por imposible: to give up as impossible
    7) : per
    60 millas por hora: 60 miles per hour
    por docena: by the dozen
    8) : for, in exchange for, instead of
    su hermana habló por él: his sister spoke on his behalf
    9) : by means of
    hablar por teléfono: to talk on the phone
    por escrito: in writing
    10) : as for
    por mí: as far as I'm concerned
    11) : times
    tres por dos son seis: three times two is six
    12) según: from, according to
    por lo que dices: judging from what you're telling me
    13) : as, for
    por ejemplo: for example
    14) : by
    hecho por mi abuela: made by my grandmother
    por correo: by mail
    15) : for, in order to
    lucha por ganar su respeto: he struggles to win her respect
    estar por : to be about to
    por ciento : percent
    por favor : please
    por lo tanto : therefore, consequently
    ¿por qué? : why?
    por... que : no matter how
    por mucho que intente: no matter how hard I try
    por si or
    por si acaso : just in case
    * * *
    por prep
    1. (a través de) through
    2. (la calle) along / down
    3. (indica camino) via / by
    6. (a causa de) because of
    7. (a fin de) to / in order to
    10. (multiplicado) times
    12. (en vez de) instead of
    ir por / ir a por to fetch
    ¡ve a por mis zapatillas, por favor! fetch my slippers, please!
    por + adjetivo however + adjective
    por lo general generally / usually
    por si... in case...
    ¿por qué? why?

    Spanish-English dictionary > por

  • 8 Introduction

       Portugal is a small Western European nation with a large, distinctive past replete with both triumph and tragedy. One of the continent's oldest nation-states, Portugal has frontiers that are essentially unchanged since the late 14th century. The country's unique character and 850-year history as an independent state present several curious paradoxes. As of 1974, when much of the remainder of the Portuguese overseas empire was decolonized, Portuguese society appeared to be the most ethnically homogeneous of the two Iberian states and of much of Europe. Yet, Portuguese society had received, over the course of 2,000 years, infusions of other ethnic groups in invasions and immigration: Phoenicians, Greeks, Celts, Romans, Suevi, Visigoths, Muslims (Arab and Berber), Jews, Italians, Flemings, Burgundian French, black Africans, and Asians. Indeed, Portugal has been a crossroads, despite its relative isolation in the western corner of the Iberian Peninsula, between the West and North Africa, Tropical Africa, and Asia and America. Since 1974, Portugal's society has become less homogeneous, as there has been significant immigration of former subjects from its erstwhile overseas empire.
       Other paradoxes should be noted as well. Although Portugal is sometimes confused with Spain or things Spanish, its very national independence and national culture depend on being different from Spain and Spaniards. Today, Portugal's independence may be taken for granted. Since 1140, except for 1580-1640 when it was ruled by Philippine Spain, Portugal has been a sovereign state. Nevertheless, a recurring theme of the nation's history is cycles of anxiety and despair that its freedom as a nation is at risk. There is a paradox, too, about Portugal's overseas empire(s), which lasted half a millennium (1415-1975): after 1822, when Brazil achieved independence from Portugal, most of the Portuguese who emigrated overseas never set foot in their overseas empire, but preferred to immigrate to Brazil or to other countries in North or South America or Europe, where established Portuguese overseas communities existed.
       Portugal was a world power during the period 1415-1550, the era of the Discoveries, expansion, and early empire, and since then the Portuguese have experienced periods of decline, decadence, and rejuvenation. Despite the fact that Portugal slipped to the rank of a third- or fourth-rate power after 1580, it and its people can claim rightfully an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions that assure their place both in world and Western history. These distinctions should be kept in mind while acknowledging that, for more than 400 years, Portugal has generally lagged behind the rest of Western Europe, although not Southern Europe, in social and economic developments and has remained behind even its only neighbor and sometime nemesis, Spain.
       Portugal's pioneering role in the Discoveries and exploration era of the 15th and 16th centuries is well known. Often noted, too, is the Portuguese role in the art and science of maritime navigation through the efforts of early navigators, mapmakers, seamen, and fishermen. What are often forgotten are the country's slender base of resources, its small population largely of rural peasants, and, until recently, its occupation of only 16 percent of the Iberian Peninsula. As of 1139—10, when Portugal emerged first as an independent monarchy, and eventually a sovereign nation-state, England and France had not achieved this status. The Portuguese were the first in the Iberian Peninsula to expel the Muslim invaders from their portion of the peninsula, achieving this by 1250, more than 200 years before Castile managed to do the same (1492).
       Other distinctions may be noted. Portugal conquered the first overseas empire beyond the Mediterranean in the early modern era and established the first plantation system based on slave labor. Portugal's empire was the first to be colonized and the last to be decolonized in the 20th century. With so much of its scattered, seaborne empire dependent upon the safety and seaworthiness of shipping, Portugal was a pioneer in initiating marine insurance, a practice that is taken for granted today. During the time of Pombaline Portugal (1750-77), Portugal was the first state to organize and hold an industrial trade fair. In distinctive political and governmental developments, Portugal's record is more mixed, and this fact suggests that maintaining a government with a functioning rule of law and a pluralist, representative democracy has not been an easy matter in a country that for so long has been one of the poorest and least educated in the West. Portugal's First Republic (1910-26), only the third republic in a largely monarchist Europe (after France and Switzerland), was Western Europe's most unstable parliamentary system in the 20th century. Finally, the authoritarian Estado Novo or "New State" (1926-74) was the longest surviving authoritarian system in modern Western Europe. When Portugal departed from its overseas empire in 1974-75, the descendants, in effect, of Prince Henry the Navigator were leaving the West's oldest empire.
       Portugal's individuality is based mainly on its long history of distinc-tiveness, its intense determination to use any means — alliance, diplomacy, defense, trade, or empire—to be a sovereign state, independent of Spain, and on its national pride in the Portuguese language. Another master factor in Portuguese affairs deserves mention. The country's politics and government have been influenced not only by intellectual currents from the Atlantic but also through Spain from Europe, which brought new political ideas and institutions and novel technologies. Given the weight of empire in Portugal's past, it is not surprising that public affairs have been hostage to a degree to what happened in her overseas empire. Most important have been domestic responses to imperial affairs during both imperial and internal crises since 1415, which have continued to the mid-1970s and beyond. One of the most important themes of Portuguese history, and one oddly neglected by not a few histories, is that every major political crisis and fundamental change in the system—in other words, revolution—since 1415 has been intimately connected with a related imperial crisis. The respective dates of these historical crises are: 1437, 1495, 1578-80, 1640, 1820-22, 1890, 1910, 1926-30, 1961, and 1974. The reader will find greater detail on each crisis in historical context in the history section of this introduction and in relevant entries.
       LAND AND PEOPLE
       The Republic of Portugal is located on the western edge of the Iberian Peninsula. A major geographical dividing line is the Tagus River: Portugal north of it has an Atlantic orientation; the country to the south of it has a Mediterranean orientation. There is little physical evidence that Portugal is clearly geographically distinct from Spain, and there is no major natural barrier between the two countries along more than 1,214 kilometers (755 miles) of the Luso-Spanish frontier. In climate, Portugal has a number of microclimates similar to the microclimates of Galicia, Estremadura, and Andalusia in neighboring Spain. North of the Tagus, in general, there is an Atlantic-type climate with higher rainfall, cold winters, and some snow in the mountainous areas. South of the Tagus is a more Mediterranean climate, with hot, dry, often rainless summers and cool, wet winters. Lisbon, the capital, which has a fifth of the country's population living in its region, has an average annual mean temperature about 16° C (60° F).
       For a small country with an area of 92,345 square kilometers (35,580 square miles, including the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and the Madeiras), which is about the size of the state of Indiana in the United States, Portugal has a remarkable diversity of regional topography and scenery. In some respects, Portugal resembles an island within the peninsula, embodying a unique fusion of European and non-European cultures, akin to Spain yet apart. Its geography is a study in contrasts, from the flat, sandy coastal plain, in some places unusually wide for Europe, to the mountainous Beira districts or provinces north of the Tagus, to the snow-capped mountain range of the Estrela, with its unique ski area, to the rocky, barren, remote Trás-os-Montes district bordering Spain. There are extensive forests in central and northern Portugal that contrast with the flat, almost Kansas-like plains of the wheat belt in the Alentejo district. There is also the unique Algarve district, isolated somewhat from the Alentejo district by a mountain range, with a microclimate, topography, and vegetation that resemble closely those of North Africa.
       Although Portugal is small, just 563 kilometers (337 miles) long and from 129 to 209 kilometers (80 to 125 miles) wide, it is strategically located on transportation and communication routes between Europe and North Africa, and the Americas and Europe. Geographical location is one key to the long history of Portugal's three overseas empires, which stretched once from Morocco to the Moluccas and from lonely Sagres at Cape St. Vincent to Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. It is essential to emphasize the identity of its neighbors: on the north and east Portugal is bounded by Spain, its only neighbor, and by the Atlantic Ocean on the south and west. Portugal is the westernmost country of Western Europe, and its shape resembles a face, with Lisbon below the nose, staring into the
       Atlantic. No part of Portugal touches the Mediterranean, and its Atlantic orientation has been a response in part to turning its back on Castile and Léon (later Spain) and exploring, traveling, and trading or working in lands beyond the peninsula. Portugal was the pioneering nation in the Atlantic-born European discoveries during the Renaissance, and its diplomatic and trade relations have been dominated by countries that have been Atlantic powers as well: Spain; England (Britain since 1707); France; Brazil, once its greatest colony; and the United States.
       Today Portugal and its Atlantic islands have a population of roughly 10 million people. While ethnic homogeneity has been characteristic of it in recent history, Portugal's population over the centuries has seen an infusion of non-Portuguese ethnic groups from various parts of Europe, the Middle East, and Africa. Between 1500 and 1800, a significant population of black Africans, brought in as slaves, was absorbed in the population. And since 1950, a population of Cape Verdeans, who worked in menial labor, has resided in Portugal. With the influx of African, Goan, and Timorese refugees and exiles from the empire—as many as three quarters of a million retornados ("returned ones" or immigrants from the former empire) entered Portugal in 1974 and 1975—there has been greater ethnic diversity in the Portuguese population. In 2002, there were 239,113 immigrants legally residing in Portugal: 108,132 from Africa; 24,806 from Brazil; 15,906 from Britain; 14,617 from Spain; and 11,877 from Germany. In addition, about 200,000 immigrants are living in Portugal from eastern Europe, mainly from Ukraine. The growth of Portugal's population is reflected in the following statistics:
       1527 1,200,000 (estimate only)
       1768 2,400,000 (estimate only)
       1864 4,287,000 first census
       1890 5,049,700
       1900 5,423,000
       1911 5,960,000
       1930 6,826,000
       1940 7,185,143
       1950 8,510,000
       1960 8,889,000
       1970 8,668,000* note decrease
       1980 9,833,000
       1991 9,862,540
       1996 9,934,100
       2006 10,642,836
       2010 10,710,000 (estimated)

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Introduction

  • 9 zu

    Präp. (+ Dat)
    1. räumlich, Richtung: to, toward(s); bis zu up to; zu jemandem gehen go and ( oder to) see s.o.; zu Tal fahren, gleiten etc.: downhill; Boden 2, Kopf 2 etc.
    2. räumlich, Lage: at, in; zu Berlin in ( amtlich: at) Berlin; der Dom zu Köln Cologne Cathedral; zu ebener Erde at ground level; zu jemandes Füßen at s.o.’s feet; zu Hause at home; zu beiden Seiten des Rheins on both sides of the Rhine; zu Wasser und zu Lande on land and at sea; Gasthof zu den drei Eichen the Three Oaktrees (Inn)
    3. zeitlich, Zeitpunkt: at; Zeitraum: over; Anlass: for; noch zehn Minuten ( bis) zu... another ten minutes before...; zu Beginn at the beginning; zu Weihnachten at Christmas; schenken etc.: for Christmas; Lebzeiten
    4. (für) Zweck, Ziel: for; zu etw. gut sein be good for s.th.; Stoff zu einem Kleid material for a dress
    5. Ergebnis ausdrückend: (in)to; es kam zu einem Skandal it blew up into a scandal, a scandal resulted; zu Asche verbrennen burn to ashes; zu etw. werden turn into s.th.; Person: auch become s.th.; zu meiner Freude / Überraschung to my delight / surprise
    6. Beziehung ausdrückend: for; thematisch: about, on; sich äußern zu say s.th. about; gehören zu belong to; gemein / nett zu nasty / nice to; passen zu suit; der Schlüssel zur Gartentür the key to the garden door; Liebe / Zuneigung zu jemandem love / affection for s.o.; aus Freundschaft zu ihr out of friendship for her
    7. Zusammensein: (mit) with; (hinzu) to; sich zu jemandem setzen sit with s.o., join s.o., sit (down) next to s.o.; Brot zum Ei essen have bread with one’s egg; Zucker zum Kaffee nehmen take sugar in one’s coffee; zu alledem kommt noch hinzu, dass... and on top of all that...
    8. Art und Weise: zu Fuß on foot; zu Pferd kommen come on horseback; zu Deutsch in German
    9. Menge, Zahl, Häufigkeit, Verhältnis etc.: in; nur zu einem kleinen Teil only to a small extent; ein Potenzial, das nur zu einem kleinen Teil genutzt wird a potential only a small part of which is actually used; zu zweit nebeneinander gehen walk along two by two; sie kamen zu sechst six of them came; zu hunderten oder Hunderten in hundreds; es ist zu 20% / einem Viertel falsch 20% / a quarter of it is incorrect; ein Fass zu 50 Litern a 50-lit|re (Am. -er) barrel; zehn Karten zu zwei Euro (а, je) ten tickets at two euros (a ticket); insgesamt: ten tickets for two euros
    10. Zahlenverhältnis: 3 zu 1 three to one; SPORT bei Ergebnisangaben: three-one
    11. Adelsprädikat: Graf zu Pappenheim Count of Pappenheim; Hilfe 1 etc., zum, zur
    Adv.
    1. (übermäßig) too; zu sehr too much; zu sehr betonen overemphasize; das Loch ist zu groß, als dass man es noch flicken könnte the hole is too big to be mended; ( viel) zu viel / viele (far oder much) too much / many; einer etc. zu viel one etc. too many; einmal zu viel once too often; ein gutes Gehalt wäre zu viel gesagt a good salary would be a bit of an overstatement; ich krieg zu viel! umg. well blow me down!; was zu viel ist, ist zu viel! enough is enough!; zu wenig not enough, too little (Pl. few); viel zu wenig not nearly enough, far too little (Pl. few); einer etc. zu wenig one etc. short, one etc. too few; du isst zu wenig you don’t eat enough, you need to eat more
    2. umg. (sehr) too, so, terribly; zu niedlich! how terribly sweet!; das ist ja zu nett! (sehr nett) that’s really very nice!; iro. (sehr gemein) how terribly nice (of you)!; (sehr ärgerlich) a fine thing, I must say!
    3. umg.: immer oder nur zu! go on!; na, dann ( mal) zu! OK, go ahead; beim Aufbruch: OK, let’s go, off we (bzw. you) go then
    4. Richtung: nach Norden zu toward(s) the north; zeitlich: auf oder gegen... zu toward(s)
    I Adj. umg.
    1. zu sein Fenster, Mund etc.: be closed, be shut; eine zu(n) e Tür etc. a closed door etc.
    2. zu sein (verstopft) Nase: be blocked; Ader, Straße, Zufahrt: be blocked
    4. zu sein (betrunken) be plastered, be pissed Sl.; (im Drogenrausch) be out of it
    II Adv. (Ggs. offen) closed, shut; Augen zu! close your eyes; Tür zu! shut the door!
    Konj.
    1. (+ Inf.): ich habe zu arbeiten I’ve got work to do; es ist nicht zu übersehen it can’t be overlooked; gut zu gebrauchen sein be perfectly usable; ich erinnere mich, ihn gesehen zu haben I remember seeing him; auch im Wort: auszuhalten sein be bearable
    2. (+ Part. Präs.): ein sorgfältig zu erwägender Plan a plan requiring careful consideration; auch im Wort: die auszuwechselnden Fahrzeugteile the parts to be exchanged
    * * *
    at (Präp.); on (Präp.); upon (Präp.); too (Adv.); to (Präp.); unto (Präp.); for (Präp.); into (Präp.);
    (geschlossen) closed (Adj.)
    * * *
    [tsuː]
    1. PRÄPOSITION (+dat)
    1) örtlich: Richtung, Ziel to

    zum Bäcker/Arzt gehen — to go to the baker's/doctor's

    zum Militär gehen, zu den Soldaten gehen — to join the army, to join up

    zu jdm/etw hinaufsehen — to look up at sb/sth

    zu jdm herübersehen/hinübersehen — to look across at sb

    zum Fenster herein/hinaus — in (at)/out of the window

    zur Tür hinaus/herein — out of/in the door

    2) örtlich: Lage bei Stadt in

    der Dom zu Köln — the cathedral in Cologne, Cologne cathedral

    zu seiner Linken saß... (geh) — on his left sat...

    3) zeitlich at

    zu früher/später Stunde — at an early/late hour

    (bis) zum 15. April/Donnerstag/Abend — until 15th April/Thursday/(this) evening

    die Zahlung ist zum 15. April fällig — the payment is due on 15th April

    zum 31. Mai kündigen — to give in (Brit) or turn in (US) one's notice for 31st May

    4)

    Zusammengehörigkeit, Begleitung, Zusatz Wein zum Essen trinken — to drink wine with one's meal

    zur Gitarre singento sing to (Brit) or with (US) a/the guitar

    Vorwort/Anmerkungen zu etw — preface/notes to sth

    zu dem kommt noch, dass ich... — on top of that I...

    5) Zweck, Bestimmung for

    Papier zum Schreiben — paper to write on, writing paper

    zur Einführung... — by way of (an) introduction...

    zu seiner Entschuldigung muss man sagen... — in his defence (Brit) or defense (US) one must say...

    zu seiner Entschuldigung sagte er... — by way of apology he said...

    zu nichts taugen, zu nichts zu gebrauchen sein — to be no use to anyone (inf)

    6)

    Anlass etw zum Geburtstag/zu Weihnachten bekommen — to get sth for one's birthday/for Christmas

    zu Ihrem 60. Geburtstag — on your 60th birthday

    zu dieser Frage möchte ich Folgendes sagen — my reply to this question is as follows, on this I would like to say the following

    "Zum Realismusbegriff" — "On the Concept of Realism"

    7)

    Folge, Umstand zu seinem Besten — for his own good

    zu meiner Schande/Freude etc — to my shame/joy etc

    es ist zum Weinen — it's enough to make you cry, it makes you want to cry

    8)

    Mittel, Art und Weise zu Fuß/Pferd — on foot/horseback

    9) Veränderung into

    zu etw werden — to turn into sth; (Mensch auch) to become sth

    jdn/etw zu etw machen — to make sb/sth (into) sth

    10) = als as

    er machte sie zu seiner Frau, er nahm sie zur Frau — he made her his wife

    11)

    Verhältnis, Beziehung Liebe zu jdm — love for sb

    Vertrauen zu jdm/etw — trust in sb/sth

    12)

    in Vergleichen im Vergleich zu — in comparison with, compared with

    3:2 — the score is 3-2 or (gesprochen) three-two

    See:
    13)

    bei Zahlenangaben zu zwei Prozent — at two per cent (Brit) or percent (US)

    zum Ersten..., zum Zweiten... (Aufzählung) — first..., second...

    zum Ersten, zum Zweiten, zum Dritten (bei Auktion) — for the first time, for the second time, for the third time

    See:
    → vier, bis
    14)

    mit Fragepronomen zu wem wollen Sie? — who do you want?

    zu wem sprechen Sie morgen bei der Konferenz? — who will you be speaking to or who will you be addressing at the conference tomorrow?

    15)

    bei Namen der Graf zu Ehrenstein — the Count of Ehrenstein

    16)

    getrenntes "dazu" inf da komme ich nicht zu — I can't get (a)round to it

    See:
    dazu
    17)

    andere Wendungen zum Beispiel — for example

    zum Lobe von jdm/etw — in praise of sb/sth

    zur Beurteilung/Einsicht — for inspection

    zur Probe/Ansicht — on trial/approval

    2. ADVERB
    1) = allzu too

    sie liebte ihn zu sehr, als dass sie ihn verraten hätte — she loved him too much to betray him

    2) = geschlossen shut, closed

    auf/zu (an Hähnen etc) — on/off

    3)

    = los, weiter inf dann mal zu! — right, off we go!

    du wolltest mir was vorsingen, dann mal zu — you wanted to sing me something? OK, go ahead

    ihr seid auf dem richtigen Wege, nur zu! — you're on the right track, just keep going

    schreie nur zu, es hilft doch nichts! — scream then, but it won't do any good!

    lauft schon zu, ich komme nach — you go on, I'll catch you up

    4) örtlich toward(s)
    See:
    ab
    3. ADJEKTIV
    (= geschlossen inf) Tür, Geschäft, Kiste etc shut; Kleid, Verschluss done up
    See:
    4. BINDEWORT

    jdm befehlen or den Auftrag erteilen, etw zu tun — to order sb to do sth

    das Material ist noch/nicht mehr zu gebrauchen — the material is still/is no longer usable

    ich habe noch zu arbeitenI have still got (esp Brit) or I still have some work to do

    ich komme, um mich zu verabschieden — I've come to say goodbye

    2)

    mit Partizip noch zu bezahlende Rechnungen — outstanding bills

    das sind alles nur winzige, leicht zu übersehende Punkte — these are just small points that can easily be overlooked

    der zu prüfende Kandidat, der zu Prüfende — the candidate to be examined

    * * *
    1) (position: They are not at home; She lives at 33 Forest Road) at
    2) (direction: He looked at her; She shouted at the boys.) at
    3) (to the state or condition of: A tadpole turns into a frog; I've sorted the books into piles.) into
    4) (towards: They marched on the town.) on
    5) ((moving, facing etc) in the direction of: He walked toward the door; She turned towards him.) towards
    6) ((moving, facing etc) in the direction of: He walked toward the door; She turned towards him.) toward
    7) (towards; in the direction of: I cycled to the station; The book fell to the floor; I went to the concert/lecture/play.) to
    8) (sometimes used to introduce the indirect object of a verb: He sent it to us; You're the only person I can talk to.) to
    9) (used in expressing various relations: Listen to me!; Did you reply to his letter?; Where's the key to this door?; He sang to (the accompaniment of) his guitar.) to
    10) to
    11) (showing the purpose or result of an action etc: He came quickly to my assistance; To my horror, he took a gun out of his pocket.) to
    12) (used instead of a complete infinitive: He asked her to stay but she didn't want to.) to
    13) (into a closed or almost closed position: He pulled/pushed the door to.) to
    14) (an old word for `to'.) unto
    * * *
    zu
    [tsu:]
    1. (wohin: Ziel) to
    \zum Schwimmbad geht es da lang! the swimming pool is that way!
    fahr mich bitte \zur Arbeit/Kirche/Schule please drive me to work/church/school
    wie weit ist es von hier \zum Bahnhof? how far is it from here to the train station?
    wie komme ich [von hier] \zur Post? how do I get [from here] to the post office?
    ich muss gleich \zum Arzt/ \zum Bäcker/ \zum Supermarkt I must go to the doctor's/baker's/supermarket
    morgen gehe ich \zu Rainer I'm going to see Rainer tomorrow
    \zu Bett gehen (geh) to go to bed
    \zum Militär gehen to join the army
    \zum Theater gehen to go on the stage [or into the theatre]
    sich akk \zu Tisch setzen (geh) to sit down to dinner
    2. (wohin: Richtung)
    das Zimmer liegt \zur Straße hin the room looks out onto the street
    der Kerl vom Nachbartisch sieht dauernd \zu uns rüber the bloke at the next table keeps looking across at us
    \zur Decke sehen to look [up] at the ceiling
    \zum Fenster hinaus/herein out of/in through the window
    \zur Tür hinaus/herein out of/in through the door
    \zum Himmel weisen to point heavenwards [or up at the heavens]
    \zu jdm/etw hinaufsehen to look up at sb/sth
    \zum Meer/zur Stadtmitte hin towards the sea/town centre
    3. (wohin: neben)
    \zu jdm/etw next to sb/sth
    darf ich mich \zu Ihnen setzen? may I sit next to [or beside] you?
    setz dich \zu uns [come and] sit with us
    legen Sie \zu den Tellern bitte jeweils eine Serviette put one serviette next to each plate
    4. (wo: Lage) at; (geh)
    sie ist schon \zu Bett she's already gone to bed
    \zu Hause at home
    \zu jds Rechten/Linken on sb's right/left [hand side]
    jdm \zur Seite sitzen (geh) to sit at sb's side
    5. (wo: vor Eigennamen, Ortnamen)
    der Dom \zu Köln the cathedral in Cologne, Cologne cathedral
    der Graf \zu Blaubeuren the Count of Blaubeuren
    der Gasthof \zum blauen Engel the Blue Angel Inn
    der Reichstag \zu Worms (hist) the Diet of Worms
    6. wann: Zeitpunkt at
    \zum 1. Januar fällig due on January 1st
    es muss [bis] zum Abend/14. März fertig sein it must be finished by this evening/March 14th
    \zum Wochenende fahren wir weg we are going away at [or AM on] the weekend
    \zu früher/später Stunde at an early/late hour
    \zu Mittag at [or by] midday/noon
    \zum Monatsende kündigen to give in one's notice for [or to take effect from] the end of the month
    \zu Ostern/Pfingsten/Weihnachten at Easter/Whitsun/Christmas
    letztes Jahr \zu Weihnachten last Christmas; s.a. Anfang, bis, Schluss, Zeit
    7. (wann, wozu: Anlass)
    eine Feier \zum Jahrestag der Revolution a celebration to mark the anniversary of the revolution
    \zum Frühstück trinkt sie immer Tee she always has tea at breakfast
    etw \zum Geburtstag/ \zu Weihnachten bekommen to get sth for one's birthday/for Christmas
    jdm \zu etw gratulieren to congratulate sb on sth
    \zu Ihrem 80. Geburtstag möchte ich Ihnen herzlichst gratulieren I'd like to congratulate you on the occasion of your 80th birthday
    8. (worüber: Thema)
    \zu dieser Frage möchte ich Folgendes sagen to this question I should like to say the following
    was sagst du \zu diesen Preisen? what do you say to these prices?
    eine Rede \zum Thema Umwelt a speech on the subject of the environment
    jdn \zu etw vernehmen to question sb about sth
    9. (wozu: Zweck, Ziel)
    der Knopf \zum Abstellen the off-button
    Papier \zum Schreiben paper to write on, writing paper
    Wasser \zum Trinken drinking water
    wir haben nichts \zum Essen we have nothing to eat
    gib dem Kind doch etwas \zum Spielen give the child something to play with
    auf die Reise habe ich mir etwas \zum Lesen mitgenommen I've brought something to read on the trip
    bei dem Regenwetter habe ich keine Lust \zum Wandern I don't fancy walking if it is raining
    das Zeichen \zum Aufbruch the signal to leave
    \zum Arzt geboren sein to be born to be a doctor
    sie sagte das nur \zu seiner Beruhigung she said that just to set his mind at rest
    \zur Ansicht on approval
    \zur Einsicht for inspection
    \zur Einführung... by way of an introduction...
    \zu seiner Entschuldigung/ \zur Erklärung in apology/explanation, by way of an apology/explanation
    jdn \zum Essen einladen to invite sb for a meal
    \zum Gedächtnis von jdm in memory of sb, in sb's memory
    \zu Hilfe! help!
    jdm \zu Hilfe kommen to come to sb's aid
    \zum Lobe von jdm/etw in praise of sb/sth
    \zu nichts taugen [o zu gebrauchen sein] to be no use at all
    \zur Probe as a trial [or test]
    \zur Unterschrift for signature [or signing]
    \zu was (fam) for what, why
    \zu was soll das gut sein? what do you need that for?, what is that for?
    er nahm sie \zur Frau he took her as his wife
    etw \zur Antwort geben to say sth in reply
    \zum Beispiel for example
    \zur Belohnung as a reward
    \zur Strafe as a punishment
    jdn/etw \zum Vorbild nehmen to take sb/sth as one's example, to model oneself on sb/sth
    \zur Warnung as a warning
    11. (womit zusammen: Begleitung)
    mögen Sie Milch/Zucker \zum Kaffee? do you take your coffee white [or with milk]/with sugar?
    \zu Lachs passt kein Rotwein red wine does not go with salmon
    etw \zu etw tragen to wear sth with sth
    12. (zu was: Zugehörigkeit)
    \zu den Lehrbüchern gehören auch Kassetten there are cassettes to go with the text books
    wo ist der Korken \zu der Flasche? where is the cork for this bottle?
    mir fehlt nur der Schlüssel \zu dieser Tür I've only got to find the key to this door
    13. (wie: Umstand, Art und Weise)
    sie erledigt alles \zu meiner Zufriedenheit she does everything to my complete satisfaction
    die Firma verkauft alles \zu niedrigsten Preisen the company sells everything at rock-bottom prices
    du hast dich \zu deinem Vorteil verändert you've changed for the better
    das ist ja \zum Lachen that's ridiculous [or really funny]
    das ist \zum Weinen it's enough to make you want to cry [or weep]
    \zu jds Bestem/Vorteil sein to be for one's own good/to one's advantage
    \zu Deutsch (veraltend) in German
    \zum Glück luckily
    14. (wie: Fortbewegungsart)
    \zu Fuß/Pferd on foot/horseback
    \zu Fuß gehen Sie etwa 20 Minuten it will take you about 20 minutes on foot
    \zu Schiff (veraltet) by ship [or sea
    15. (zu was: Ergebnis eines Vorgangs)
    \zu Asche verbrennen to burn to ashes
    Eiweiß \zu Schnee schlagen to beat the egg white until stiff
    Kartoffeln \zu einem Brei zerstampfen to mash potatoes
    \zum Erliegen/Stehen kommen to come to rest/a halt
    etw \zu Pulver zermahlen to grind sth [in]to powder
    \zu etw werden to turn into [or become] sth
    manch einer wird aus Armut \zum Dieb often it is poverty that turns sb into a thief
    wieder \zu Staub werden to [re]turn to dust
    er ist \zum Kapitän befördert worden he was promoted to captain
    sie wurde \zur Vorsitzenden gewählt she was elected chairman
    jdn \zu etw ernennen to nominate sb for sth
    jdn/etw \zu etw machen to make sb/sth into sth
    er machte sie \zu seiner Frau he made her his wife
    17. (zu wem: Beziehung)
    meine Beziehung \zu ihr my relationship with her
    Liebe \zu jdm love for sb
    aus Freundschaft \zu jdm because of one's friendship with sb
    Vertrauen \zu jdm/etw trust in sb/sth
    18. (wie: im Verhältnis zu) in relation [or proportion] to
    im Verhältnis 1 \zu 4 MATH in the ratio of one to four
    unsere Chancen stehen 50 \zu 50 our chances are fifty-fifty
    im Vergleich \zu... in comparison with..., compared to...
    19. SPORT
    Bayern München gewann mit 5 \zu 1 Bayern Munich won five-one
    das Fußballspiel ging unentschieden 0 \zu 0 aus the football match ended in a nil-nil draw
    \zu drei Prozent at three percent
    diese Äpfel habe ich \zu ein Euro das Stück gekauft I bought these apples for [or at] one euro each
    sechs [Stück] \zu fünfzig Cent six for fifty cents
    \zum halben Preis at half price
    wir sind \zu fünft in den Urlaub gefahren five of us went on holiday together
    sie kommen immer \zu zweit those two always come as a pair
    der Pulli ist nur \zur Hälfte fertig the jumper is only half finished
    hast du das Buch nur \zu einem Viertel gelesen? have you only read a quarter of the book?
    \zum ersten Mal for the first time
    \zum Ersten..., \zum Zweiten firstly..., secondly
    \zum Ersten, \zum Zweiten, \zum Dritten (bei Auktionen) going once, going twice, sold
    \zur Hauptsache mainly
    \zum Rechten schauen to look to the right
    \zum Voraus in front of
    \zum Vorn[e]herein from in front
    II. ADVERB
    1. (allzu) too
    ich wäre \zu gern mitgefahren I would have loved to have gone along
    \zu sehr too much
    er hat sich nicht \zu sehr bemüht he didn't try too [or very] hard
    2. (emph: zur Steigerung)
    das ist ja \zu schön! that's marvellous!; (iron) that's just great! iron
    das ist einfach \zu dumm! that's really too stupid!
    3. nachgestellt (örtlich) towards
    dem Ausgang \zu towards the exit
    nach hinten/vorne \zu towards the back/front
    4. (fam: weiter, los)
    dann mal \zu! go ahead!, off we go
    immer [o nur] \zu! go ahead!
    schimpf nur \zu, es hilft doch nichts go on, scream, it won't do any good
    mach \zu! hurry up!, get a move on!
    lauf schon \zu, ich komme nach you go on [or go on ahead], I'll catch up
    1. meist präd (geschlossen) shut, closed
    Tür \zu, es zieht! shut the door, there's a draught!
    dreh den Wasserhahn \zu! turn the tap off!
    [mach die] Augen \zu, ich hab da was für dich close your eyes, I've got sth for you
    \zu haben [o sein] to be shut [or closed]
    die Geschäfte haben [o sind] sonntags \zu stores are closed on Sundays
    vor der \zunen Tür stehen (sl) to stand in front of the closed door
    2. präd (fam: betrunken)
    \zu sein to be pissed fam!, to have had a skinful fam
    3. präd (fam: emotional unzugänglich)
    \zu sein:
    sie ist total \zu you can't get through to her
    was gibt es heute Mittag \zu essen? what are we having for lunch today?
    ohne es \zu wissen without knowing it
    jd hat etw \zu tun:
    ich habe \zu arbeiten I have some work to do
    sie hat \zu gehorchen she has to obey [or do as she is told]
    ich habe heute einiges \zu erledigen I have got a few things to do today
    etw ist \zu tun:
    die Rechnung ist bis Freitag \zu bezahlen the bill has to be paid by Friday
    dieser Auftrag ist unverzüglich \zu erledigen this task must be completed straight away
    um etw \zu tun:
    ich komme, um mich \zu verabschieden I have come to say goodbye
    da sind noch einige \zu bezahlende Rechnungen there are some outstanding bills
    es gibt verschiedene noch \zu kaufende Gegenstände some things still have to be bought
    der \zu Prüfende the candidate to be examined
    nicht \zu unterschätzende Probleme problems [that are] not to be underestimated
    * * *
    1.

    zu... hin — towards...

    er kommt zu mir (besucht mich) he is coming to my place

    das passt nicht zu Bier/zu dem Kleid — that doesn't go with beer/with that dress

    3) (Lage) at

    zu seiner Linken(geh.) on his left

    der Dom zu Speyer(veralt.) Speyer Cathedral

    das Gasthaus ‘Zu den drei Eichen’ — the Three Oaks Inn

    5) (Art u. Weise)

    zu meiner Zufriedenheit/Überraschung — to my satisfaction/surprise

    zu seinem Vorteil/Nachteil — to his advantage/disadvantage; (bei Mengenangaben o. Ä)

    zu Dutzenden/zweien — by the dozen/in twos

    sie sind zu einem Drittel/zu 50 % arbeitslos — a third/50 % of them are jobless

    zu einem großen Teil — largely; to a large extent

    fünf Briefmarken zu fünfzig [Cent] — five 50-cent stamps

    9) (Zweck) for
    10) (Ziel, Ergebnis) into
    11) (über) about; on

    freundlich/ hässlich zu jemandem sein — be friendly/nasty to somebody; s. auch zum; zur

    2.
    1) (allzu) too

    er ist zu alt, um diese Reise zu unternehmen — he is too old to undertake this journey

    das ist ja zu schön/komisch! — that's really wonderful/hilarious!; that's too wonderful/hilarious for words!

    3) (ugs.)

    Augen/Tür zu! — shut your eyes/the door!

    4) (ugs.): (Aufforderung)

    nur zu!(fang/fangt an!) get going!; get down to it!; (mach/macht weiter!) get on with it!

    3.
    1) (mit Infinitiv) to

    Haus zu verkaufen/vermieten — house for sale/to let

    2) (mit 1. Part.)

    die zu erledigende Postthe letters pl. to be dealt with

    * * *
    zu1 präp (+dat)
    1. räumlich, Richtung: to, toward(s);
    bis zu up to;
    zu jemandem gehen go and ( oder to) see sb;
    zu Tal fahren, gleiten etc: downhill; Boden 2, Kopf 2 etc
    2. räumlich, Lage: at, in;
    zu Berlin in ( amtlich: at) Berlin;
    der Dom zu Köln Cologne Cathedral;
    zu ebener Erde at ground level;
    zu jemandes Füßen at sb’s feet;
    zu Hause at home;
    zu beiden Seiten des Rheins on both sides of the Rhine;
    zu Wasser und zu Lande on land and at sea;
    Gasthof zu den drei Eichen the Three Oaktrees (Inn)
    3. zeitlich, Zeitpunkt: at; Zeitraum: over; Anlass: for;
    noch zehn Minuten (bis) zu … another ten minutes before …;
    zu Beginn at the beginning;
    zu Weihnachten at Christmas; schenken etc: for Christmas; Lebzeiten
    4. (für) Zweck, Ziel: for;
    zu etwas gut sein be good for sth;
    Stoff zu einem Kleid material for a dress
    es kam zu einem Skandal it blew up into a scandal, a scandal resulted;
    zu Asche verbrennen burn to ashes;
    zu etwas werden turn into sth; Person: auch become sth;
    zu meiner Freude/Überraschung to my delight/surprise
    6. Beziehung ausdrückend: for; thematisch: about, on;
    sich äußern zu say sth about;
    gehören zu belong to;
    gemein/nett zu nasty/nice to;
    passen zu suit;
    der Schlüssel zur Gartentür the key to the garden door;
    Liebe/Zuneigung zu jemandem love/affection for sb;
    aus Freundschaft zu ihr out of friendship for her
    7. Zusammensein: (mit) with; (hinzu) to;
    sich zu jemandem setzen sit with sb, join sb, sit (down) next to sb;
    Brot zum Ei essen have bread with one’s egg;
    Zucker zum Kaffee nehmen take sugar in one’s coffee;
    zu alledem kommt noch hinzu, dass … and on top of all that …
    zu Fuß on foot;
    zu Pferd kommen come on horseback;
    zu Deutsch in German
    9. Menge, Zahl, Häufigkeit, Verhältnis etc: in;
    nur zu einem kleinen Teil only to a small extent;
    ein Potenzial, das nur zu einem kleinen Teil genutzt wird a potential only a small part of which is actually used;
    zu zweit nebeneinandergehen walk along two by two;
    sie kamen zu sechst six of them came;
    Hunderten in hundreds;
    es ist zu 20%/einem Viertel falsch 20%/a quarter of it is incorrect;
    ein Fass zu 50 Litern a 50-litre (US -er) barrel;
    zehn Karten zu zwei Euro (à, je) ten tickets at two euros (a ticket); insgesamt: ten tickets for two euros
    3 zu 1 three to one; SPORT bei Ergebnisangaben: three-one
    Graf zu Pappenheim Count of Pappenheim; Hilfe 1 etc, zum, zur
    zu2 adv
    zu sehr too much;
    zu sehr betonen overemphasize;
    das Loch ist zu groß, als dass man es noch flicken könnte the hole is too big to be mended;
    (viel) zu viel/viele (far oder much) too much/many;
    einer etc
    zu viel one etc too many;
    einmal zu viel once too often;
    ein gutes Gehalt wäre zu viel gesagt a good salary would be a bit of an overstatement;
    ich krieg zu viel! umg well blow me down!;
    was zu viel ist, ist zu viel! enough is enough!;
    zu wenig not enough, too little (pl few);
    viel zu wenig not nearly enough, far too little (pl few);
    einer etc
    zu wenig one etc short, one etc too few;
    du isst zu wenig you don’t eat enough, you need to eat more
    2. umg (sehr) too, so, terribly;
    zu niedlich! how terribly sweet!;
    das ist ja zu nett! (sehr nett) that’s really very nice!; iron (sehr gemein) how terribly nice (of you)!; (sehr ärgerlich) a fine thing, I must say!
    3. umg:
    nur zu! go on!;
    na, dann (mal) zu! OK, go ahead; beim Aufbruch: OK, let’s go, off we (bzw you) go then
    nach Norden zu toward(s) the north; zeitlich:
    gegen … zu toward(s)
    zu3
    A. adj umg
    1.
    zu sein Fenster, Mund etc: be closed, be shut;
    eine zu(n)e Tür etc a closed door etc
    2.
    zu sein (verstopft) Nase: be blocked; Ader, Straße, Zufahrt: be blocked
    3.
    4.
    zu sein (betrunken) be plastered, be pissed sl; (im Drogenrausch) be out of it
    B. adv (Ggs offen) closed, shut;
    Augen zu! close your eyes;
    Tür zu! shut the door!
    zu4 konj
    1. (+inf):
    ich habe zu arbeiten I’ve got work to do;
    es ist nicht zu übersehen it can’t be overlooked;
    gut zu gebrauchen sein be perfectly usable;
    ich erinnere mich, ihn gesehen zu haben I remember seeing him; auch im Wort:
    auszuhalten sein be bearable
    2. (+ ppr):
    ein sorgfältig zu erwägender Plan a plan requiring careful consideration; auch im Wort:
    die auszuwechselnden Fahrzeugteile the parts to be exchanged
    * * *
    1.

    zu... hin — towards...

    er kommt zu mir (besucht mich) he is coming to my place

    das passt nicht zu Bier/zu dem Kleid — that doesn't go with beer/with that dress

    3) (Lage) at

    zu seiner Linken(geh.) on his left

    der Dom zu Speyer(veralt.) Speyer Cathedral

    das Gasthaus ‘Zu den drei Eichen’ — the Three Oaks Inn

    5) (Art u. Weise)

    zu meiner Zufriedenheit/Überraschung — to my satisfaction/surprise

    zu seinem Vorteil/Nachteil — to his advantage/disadvantage; (bei Mengenangaben o. Ä)

    zu Dutzenden/zweien — by the dozen/in twos

    sie sind zu einem Drittel/zu 50 % arbeitslos — a third/50 % of them are jobless

    zu einem großen Teil — largely; to a large extent

    fünf Briefmarken zu fünfzig [Cent] — five 50-cent stamps

    9) (Zweck) for
    10) (Ziel, Ergebnis) into
    11) (über) about; on

    freundlich/ hässlich zu jemandem sein — be friendly/nasty to somebody; s. auch zum; zur

    2.
    1) (allzu) too

    er ist zu alt, um diese Reise zu unternehmen — he is too old to undertake this journey

    das ist ja zu schön/komisch! — that's really wonderful/hilarious!; that's too wonderful/hilarious for words!

    3) (ugs.)

    Augen/Tür zu! — shut your eyes/the door!

    4) (ugs.): (Aufforderung)

    nur zu!(fang/fangt an!) get going!; get down to it!; (mach/macht weiter!) get on with it!

    3.
    1) (mit Infinitiv) to

    Haus zu verkaufen/vermieten — house for sale/to let

    2) (mit 1. Part.)

    die zu erledigende Postthe letters pl. to be dealt with

    * * *
    adv.
    too adv. konj.
    for conj. präp.
    at prep.
    to prep.
    toward prep.
    towards prep.
    unto prep.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > zu

  • 10 stella

    f star
    stella alpina edelweiss
    stella polare North Star, Pole Star
    stella cadente shooting star
    stella di mare starfish
    fig vedere le stelle see stars
    * * *
    stella s.f.
    1 star: il sole è una stella, the sun is a star; stella del mattino, della sera, morning, evening star; stella doppia, fissa, double, fixed star: stella di tipo B, helium star; stella cadente, shooting (o amer. falling) star; un cielo senza stelle, a starless sky; la luce delle stelle, starlight; il cielo era pieno di stelle, the sky was full of stars // dormire sotto le stelle, to sleep under the stars // stella filante, streamer // a forma di stella, fatto a stella, starlike (o star-shaped): un gioiello a forma di stella, a star-shaped jewel // andare alle stelle, to go sky-high: i prezzi erano alle stelle, prices were sky-high // portare qlcu. alle stelle, to praise s.o. to the skies // vedere le stelle, to see stars: ho visto le stelle quando mi ha colpito sul naso, I saw stars when he hit me on the nose
    2 ( destino, fato) star, fate: così vogliono le stelle, it's in the stars; è nato sotto una buona, una cattiva stella, he was born under a lucky, an unlucky star; è perseguitato dalla sua cattiva stella, he is hounded by fate; può ringraziare la sua buona stella se ci è riuscito, he can thank his lucky stars if he has succeeded; la sua stella è tramontata, his sun has set; la sua stella sale, his star is rising (o is in the ascendant); seguire la propria stella, to follow one's star (o destiny)
    3 ( diva) star: stella del cinema, film star; stella della televisione, television star; le stelle di Hollywood, the stars of Hollywood // le stelle dello sport, the stars of sport
    4 ( emblema) star: la stella di Davide, the star of David // (mil.) generale a una stella, a one-star general // albergo a tre stelle, a three-star hotel
    5 ( di cavallo) blaze, star
    7 (tess.) swift
    8 (mecc.) ( di motore stellare) row: a stella semplice, single-row; a doppia stella, double-row
    9 (bot.): erba stella, ( Plantago coronopus) buckthorn; stella alpina, ( Leontopodium alpinum) edelweiss; stella di Betlemme, ( Ornithogalum umbellatum) star-of-Bethlehem; stella di Natale, ( Euphorbia pulcherrima) poinsettia (o Christmas flower)
    10 (zool.) stella di mare, stella marina, starfish (o sea star).
    * * *
    ['stella]
    sostantivo femminile
    1) star

    cacciavite a stella — Phillips screwdriver®;

    2) (di cavallo) blaze
    3) (artista) star

    stella del cinemafilm o movie star

    4) colloq. (persona cara) darling

    stella cadentefalling o shooting star

    stella filante (di carnevale) (paper) streamer

    stella di Natalebot. poinsettia

    stella polare — North Star, Polaris, pole star

    ••

    essere nato sotto una buona, cattiva stella — to be born under a lucky, an unlucky star

    salire alle -e — [ prezzi] to soar, to (sky)rocket, to shoot up

    portare qcn. alle -e — to praise sb. to the skies

    * * *
    stella
    /'stella/
    sostantivo f.
     1 star; cielo senza -e starless sky; che cosa dicono le -e? what do the stars foretell? what's in the Stars? a (forma di) stella star-shaped; cacciavite a stella Phillips screwdriver®; la bandiera a -e e strisce the Stars and Stripes; hotel a quattro -e four-star hotel
     2 (di cavallo) blaze
     3 (artista) star; stella del cinema film o movie star
     4 colloq. (persona cara) darling
    essere nato sotto una buona, cattiva stella to be born under a lucky, an unlucky star; dormire sotto le -e to sleep under the open sky o out in the open; salire alle -e [ prezzi] to soar, to (sky)rocket, to shoot up; portare qcn. alle -e to praise sb. to the skies; vedere le -e to see stars
    \
    stella alpina edelweiss; stella cadente falling o shooting star; stella cometa comet; stella di Davide Star of David; stella filante (di carnevale) (paper) streamer; stella marina starfish; stella del mattino morning star; stella di Natale bot. poinsettia; stella polare North Star, Polaris, pole star.

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > stella

  • 11 Stephenson, George

    [br]
    b. 9 June 1781 Wylam, Northumberland, England
    d. 12 August 1848 Tapton House, Chesterfield, England
    [br]
    English engineer, "the father of railways".
    [br]
    George Stephenson was the son of the fireman of the pumping engine at Wylam colliery, and horses drew wagons of coal along the wooden rails of the Wylam wagonway past the house in which he was born and spent his earliest childhood. While still a child he worked as a cowherd, but soon moved to working at coal pits. At 17 years of age he showed sufficient mechanical talent to be placed in charge of a new pumping engine, and had already achieved a job more responsible than that of his father. Despite his position he was still illiterate, although he subsequently learned to read and write. He was largely self-educated.
    In 1801 he was appointed Brakesman of the winding engine at Black Callerton pit, with responsibility for lowering the miners safely to their work. Then, about two years later, he became Brakesman of a new winding engine erected by Robert Hawthorn at Willington Quay on the Tyne. Returning collier brigs discharged ballast into wagons and the engine drew the wagons up an inclined plane to the top of "Ballast Hill" for their contents to be tipped; this was one of the earliest applications of steam power to transport, other than experimentally.
    In 1804 Stephenson moved to West Moor pit, Killingworth, again as Brakesman. In 1811 he demonstrated his mechanical skill by successfully modifying a new and unsatisfactory atmospheric engine, a task that had defeated the efforts of others, to enable it to pump a drowned pit clear of water. The following year he was appointed Enginewright at Killingworth, in charge of the machinery in all the collieries of the "Grand Allies", the prominent coal-owning families of Wortley, Liddell and Bowes, with authorization also to work for others. He built many stationary engines and he closely examined locomotives of John Blenkinsop's type on the Kenton \& Coxlodge wagonway, as well as those of William Hedley at Wylam.
    It was in 1813 that Sir Thomas Liddell requested George Stephenson to build a steam locomotive for the Killingworth wagonway: Blucher made its first trial run on 25 July 1814 and was based on Blenkinsop's locomotives, although it lacked their rack-and-pinion drive. George Stephenson is credited with building the first locomotive both to run on edge rails and be driven by adhesion, an arrangement that has been the conventional one ever since. Yet Blucher was far from perfect and over the next few years, while other engineers ignored the steam locomotive, Stephenson built a succession of them, each an improvement on the last.
    During this period many lives were lost in coalmines from explosions of gas ignited by miners' lamps. By observation and experiment (sometimes at great personal risk) Stephenson invented a satisfactory safety lamp, working independently of the noted scientist Sir Humphry Davy who also invented such a lamp around the same time.
    In 1817 George Stephenson designed his first locomotive for an outside customer, the Kilmarnock \& Troon Railway, and in 1819 he laid out the Hetton Colliery Railway in County Durham, for which his brother Robert was Resident Engineer. This was the first railway to be worked entirely without animal traction: it used inclined planes with stationary engines, self-acting inclined planes powered by gravity, and locomotives.
    On 19 April 1821 Stephenson was introduced to Edward Pease, one of the main promoters of the Stockton \& Darlington Railway (S \& DR), which by coincidence received its Act of Parliament the same day. George Stephenson carried out a further survey, to improve the proposed line, and in this he was assisted by his 18-year-old son, Robert Stephenson, whom he had ensured received the theoretical education which he himself lacked. It is doubtful whether either could have succeeded without the other; together they were to make the steam railway practicable.
    At George Stephenson's instance, much of the S \& DR was laid with wrought-iron rails recently developed by John Birkinshaw at Bedlington Ironworks, Morpeth. These were longer than cast-iron rails and were not brittle: they made a track well suited for locomotives. In June 1823 George and Robert Stephenson, with other partners, founded a firm in Newcastle upon Tyne to build locomotives and rolling stock and to do general engineering work: after its Managing Partner, the firm was called Robert Stephenson \& Co.
    In 1824 the promoters of the Liverpool \& Manchester Railway (L \& MR) invited George Stephenson to resurvey their proposed line in order to reduce opposition to it. William James, a wealthy land agent who had become a visionary protagonist of a national railway network and had seen Stephenson's locomotives at Killingworth, had promoted the L \& MR with some merchants of Liverpool and had carried out the first survey; however, he overreached himself in business and, shortly after the invitation to Stephenson, became bankrupt. In his own survey, however, George Stephenson lacked the assistance of his son Robert, who had left for South America, and he delegated much of the detailed work to incompetent assistants. During a devastating Parliamentary examination in the spring of 1825, much of his survey was shown to be seriously inaccurate and the L \& MR's application for an Act of Parliament was refused. The railway's promoters discharged Stephenson and had their line surveyed yet again, by C.B. Vignoles.
    The Stockton \& Darlington Railway was, however, triumphantly opened in the presence of vast crowds in September 1825, with Stephenson himself driving the locomotive Locomotion, which had been built at Robert Stephenson \& Co.'s Newcastle works. Once the railway was at work, horse-drawn and gravity-powered traffic shared the line with locomotives: in 1828 Stephenson invented the horse dandy, a wagon at the back of a train in which a horse could travel over the gravity-operated stretches, instead of trotting behind.
    Meanwhile, in May 1826, the Liverpool \& Manchester Railway had successfully obtained its Act of Parliament. Stephenson was appointed Engineer in June, and since he and Vignoles proved incompatible the latter left early in 1827. The railway was built by Stephenson and his staff, using direct labour. A considerable controversy arose c. 1828 over the motive power to be used: the traffic anticipated was too great for horses, but the performance of the reciprocal system of cable haulage developed by Benjamin Thompson appeared in many respects superior to that of contemporary locomotives. The company instituted a prize competition for a better locomotive and the Rainhill Trials were held in October 1829.
    Robert Stephenson had been working on improved locomotive designs since his return from America in 1827, but it was the L \& MR's Treasurer, Henry Booth, who suggested the multi-tubular boiler to George Stephenson. This was incorporated into a locomotive built by Robert Stephenson for the trials: Rocket was entered by the three men in partnership. The other principal entrants were Novelty, entered by John Braithwaite and John Ericsson, and Sans Pareil, entered by Timothy Hackworth, but only Rocket, driven by George Stephenson, met all the organizers' demands; indeed, it far surpassed them and demonstrated the practicability of the long-distance steam railway. With the opening of the Liverpool \& Manchester Railway in 1830, the age of railways began.
    Stephenson was active in many aspects. He advised on the construction of the Belgian State Railway, of which the Brussels-Malines section, opened in 1835, was the first all-steam railway on the European continent. In England, proposals to link the L \& MR with the Midlands had culminated in an Act of Parliament for the Grand Junction Railway in 1833: this was to run from Warrington, which was already linked to the L \& MR, to Birmingham. George Stephenson had been in charge of the surveys, and for the railway's construction he and J.U. Rastrick were initially Principal Engineers, with Stephenson's former pupil Joseph Locke under them; by 1835 both Stephenson and Rastrick had withdrawn and Locke was Engineer-in-Chief. Stephenson remained much in demand elsewhere: he was particularly associated with the construction of the North Midland Railway (Derby to Leeds) and related lines. He was active in many other places and carried out, for instance, preliminary surveys for the Chester \& Holyhead and Newcastle \& Berwick Railways, which were important links in the lines of communication between London and, respectively, Dublin and Edinburgh.
    He eventually retired to Tapton House, Chesterfield, overlooking the North Midland. A man who was self-made (with great success) against colossal odds, he was ever reluctant, regrettably, to give others their due credit, although in retirement, immensely wealthy and full of honour, he was still able to mingle with people of all ranks.
    [br]
    Principal Honours and Distinctions
    President, Institution of Mechanical Engineers, on its formation in 1847. Order of Leopold (Belgium) 1835. Stephenson refused both a knighthood and Fellowship of the Royal Society.
    Bibliography
    1815, jointly with Ralph Dodd, British patent no. 3,887 (locomotive drive by connecting rods directly to the wheels).
    1817, jointly with William Losh, British patent no. 4,067 (steam springs for locomotives, and improvements to track).
    Further Reading
    L.T.C.Rolt, 1960, George and Robert Stephenson, Longman (the best modern biography; includes a bibliography).
    S.Smiles, 1874, The Lives of George and Robert Stephenson, rev. edn, London (although sycophantic, this is probably the best nineteenthcentury biography).
    PJGR

    Biographical history of technology > Stephenson, George

  • 12 barrio

    m.
    1 area, district.
    los barrios bajos the rough parts of town
    de barrio local (cine, tienda)
    barrio comercial/periférico shopping/outlying district
    barrio latino Latin Quarter
    2 neighborhood, local community, neighbourhood.
    3 quarter, area.
    4 people in the neighborhood.
    5 district, ward, town ward.
    * * *
    1 neighbourhood (US neighborhood) (zona) district, area
    \
    de barrio local
    irse al otro barrio familiar to kick the bucket
    barrio chino red-light district
    barrio comercial business district
    barrio latino Latin Quarter
    barrio popular working-class area
    barrio residencial residential area
    * * *
    noun m.
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=distrito) area, district, neighborhood (EEUU)

    mi barrio — my part of town, my neighborhood (EEUU)

    tiendas de barrio — local shops, corner shops, neighborhood stores (EEUU)

    - el otro barrio
    - mandar a algn al otro barrio

    barrio bruja And shanty town

    barrio chino[de mayoría china] Chinatown, Chinese quarter; [de prostitución] Esp red-light district

    barrio comercial[de negocios] business quarter, commercial district; [de tiendas] shopping area, shopping district

    barrio de tolerancia And red-light district

    barrio dormitorio — commuter suburb, dormitory suburb

    Barrio Góticohistoric district with principally Gothic architecture

    barrio miseria shanty town

    barrio obrero — working-class area, working-class district, working-class neighborhood (EEUU)

    2) LAm shanty town
    * * *
    masculino ( zona) neighborhood*

    la gente del barrio — people in the neighborhood, local people

    * * *
    = block, ward, quarter, burb, local community.
    Ex. And what really hurt was that one of them lives on my block and is in no way what you would call a 'delinquent' child.
    Ex. A total of 868 personal interviews were conducted with residents in tree wards (inner city and suburban).
    Ex. The library is located in the marginalized quarter of the city of Guatemala.
    Ex. Townie is in fact a derogatory reference to those who are born and raised in that type of burg or burb, and are assumed to be of inferior intellectual promise.
    Ex. Involving local communities is crucial to prevent and control destructive forest fires.
    ----
    * a nivel de barrio = neighbourhood-based.
    * asesoría de barrio (NAC) = neighbourhood advice centre (NAC).
    * asistente social de barrio = community worker.
    * barrio bajo = slum, skid row.
    * barrio chino, el = Chinatown.
    * barrio de chabolas = slum.
    * barrio de los pobres = lower town.
    * barrio de los ricos = upper town.
    * barrio dormitorio = bedroom community.
    * barrio marginado = deprived area.
    * barrio marginado de la ciudad = inner-city area.
    * barrio pobre = slum.
    * barrio residencial de las afueras = suburb.
    * Barrio Sésamo = Sesame Street.
    * barrios pobres del centro de la ciudad = inner city.
    * biblioteca de barrio = district library, community library.
    * bibliotecario de biblioteca de barrio = district librarian.
    * centro de barrio = neighbourhood centre.
    * de barrio = neighbourhood-based.
    * de los barrios pobres = back-street.
    * en + Posesivo + barrio = in + Posesivo + neck of the woods.
    * habitante de un barrio residencial = suburbanite.
    * material documental de interés para los vecinos del barrio = community literature.
    * nuevo vecino del barrio = new kid on the block.
    * patrullas de barrio = community policing.
    * ser la comidilla del barrio = be the talk of the town.
    * tienda de barrio = convenience store.
    * * *
    masculino ( zona) neighborhood*

    la gente del barrio — people in the neighborhood, local people

    * * *
    = block, ward, quarter, burb, local community.

    Ex: And what really hurt was that one of them lives on my block and is in no way what you would call a 'delinquent' child.

    Ex: A total of 868 personal interviews were conducted with residents in tree wards (inner city and suburban).
    Ex: The library is located in the marginalized quarter of the city of Guatemala.
    Ex: Townie is in fact a derogatory reference to those who are born and raised in that type of burg or burb, and are assumed to be of inferior intellectual promise.
    Ex: Involving local communities is crucial to prevent and control destructive forest fires.
    * a nivel de barrio = neighbourhood-based.
    * asesoría de barrio (NAC) = neighbourhood advice centre (NAC).
    * asistente social de barrio = community worker.
    * barrio bajo = slum, skid row.
    * barrio chino, el = Chinatown.
    * barrio de chabolas = slum.
    * barrio de los pobres = lower town.
    * barrio de los ricos = upper town.
    * barrio dormitorio = bedroom community.
    * barrio marginado = deprived area.
    * barrio marginado de la ciudad = inner-city area.
    * barrio pobre = slum.
    * barrio residencial de las afueras = suburb.
    * Barrio Sésamo = Sesame Street.
    * barrios pobres del centro de la ciudad = inner city.
    * biblioteca de barrio = district library, community library.
    * bibliotecario de biblioteca de barrio = district librarian.
    * centro de barrio = neighbourhood centre.
    * de barrio = neighbourhood-based.
    * de los barrios pobres = back-street.
    * en + Posesivo + barrio = in + Posesivo + neck of the woods.
    * habitante de un barrio residencial = suburbanite.
    * material documental de interés para los vecinos del barrio = community literature.
    * nuevo vecino del barrio = new kid on the block.
    * patrullas de barrio = community policing.
    * ser la comidilla del barrio = be the talk of the town.
    * tienda de barrio = convenience store.

    * * *
    barrio barrio (↑ barrio a1)
    (zona) neighborhood*
    la gente del barrio people in the neighborhood, local people
    el mercado del barrio the local market
    ese chico es de mi barrio that boy lives in my neighborhood o round my way
    un barrio residencial a residential district o area o neighborhood
    lo conozco del barrio I've seen him around in my area o in the area I live in
    un comité de barrio neighborhood association
    los barrios más antiguos de la ciudad the oldest parts o areas o quarters of the city
    es el hazmerreír del barrio he's the laughing stock of the neighborhood
    vive en un barrio de las afueras she lives out in the suburbs
    cine/peluquería de barrio local cinema/hairdresser's
    irse al otro barrio ( Esp fam hum); to kick the bucket ( colloq hum)
    Compuestos:
    ( Chi) smart neighborhood
    (de chinos) Chinatown; (zona de prostitución) ( Esp) red-light district
    business quarter o district
    ( Esp) shantytown
    ( Col) shantytown
    downtown quarter ( AmE), town centre area ( BrE)
    fishermen's quarters
    ( Andes) red-light district
    ( AmC) shantytown
    Latin Quarter
    working-class neighborhood o area
    suburb
    residential neighborhood o area
    mpl poor neighborhoods (pl)
    A city neighborhood, defined by its geographical location, a characteristic of its inhabitants, a particular feature, or its history. Most barrios have very strong identities. Buenos Aires is unique, with a total of forty-six distinctive barrios, some very well known, such as the oldest, San Telmo, and La Boca (↑ La Boca 21).
    * * *

     

    Del verbo barrer: ( conjugate barrer)

    barrió es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    barrer    
    barrio
    barrer ( conjugate barrer) verbo transitivo
    1suelo/cocina to sweep
    2


    verbo intransitivo
    1 ( con escoba) to sweep
    2 ( arrasar) [equipo/candidato] to sweep to victory;
    barrio con algo ‹con premios/medallas› to walk off with sth;

    barrió con todos los premios she walked off with all the prizes
    barrerse verbo pronominal (Méx) [ vehículo] to skid;
    (en fútbol, béisbol) to slide
    barrio sustantivo masculino
    a) ( zona) neighborhood( conjugate neighborhood);


    el mercado del barrio the local market; barrio alto (Chi) smart neighborhood;
    barrio chino (Esp) red-light district;
    barrio espontáneo (AmC) shantytown;
    barrios bajos poor neighborhoods (pl);
    barrio de invasión (Col) shantytown

    barrer
    I verbo transitivo
    1 to sweep: hace una semana que no barro el salón, I haven't swept the living room for a week
    el anticiclón está barriendo el norte, the anticyclone is sweping through the North
    2 (destruir, rechazar) to sweep away
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (en una votación) to win by a landslide: el partido conservador barrió en las regiones del norte, the conservatives won by a landslide in the North
    2 (acaparar, agotar las existencias) to take away: los clientes barrieron con las ofertas, the customers snapped up the bargains
    ♦ Locuciones: barrer para casa, to look after number one
    barrio sustantivo masculino
    1 area, district: el Barrio Alto, the Upper Quarter
    barrio chino (zona de prostitución), red-light district
    barrios bajos, slums
    2 (vecindario) neighbourhood: el niño salió a jugar con los chicos del barrio, the boy went out to play with the local children
    ♦ Locuciones: de barrio, local: prefiero comprar en cualquier tienda de barrio, no me gustan las grandes superficies, I'd rather buy in a local shop, I don't like big stores
    ' barrio' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    barrer
    - barriada
    - bien
    - chabola
    - comidilla
    - comunicada
    - comunicado
    - desvalorizarse
    - haber
    - periférica
    - periférico
    - suburbio
    - vecina
    - vecindario
    - vecino
    - atemorizar
    - chusco
    - cine
    - colonia
    - comunicar
    - copeo
    - decaer
    - elegancia
    - elegante
    - feo
    - habitante
    - inseguridad
    - inseguro
    - matón
    - mirado
    - obrero
    - pobre
    - por
    - remodelar
    - renovación
    - renovar
    - retirado
    - roto
    - rotoso
    - silencioso
    - superpoblado
    - vecindad
    English:
    academy
    - chinatown
    - design
    - disreputable
    - district
    - dormitory town
    - exclusive
    - local
    - locally
    - neighborhood
    - neighbourhood
    - quarter
    - red light district
    - resident
    - residential
    - rough
    - shabby
    - shantytown
    - slum
    - suburb
    - unfashionable
    - unsafe
    - area
    - corner
    - east
    - move
    - nice
    - salubrious
    * * *
    barrio nm
    1. [vecindario] area, district, neighbourhood;
    un barrio acomodado a well-to-do area o neighbourhood;
    vive en un barrio céntrico she lives centrally;
    la gente del barrio nos conocemos todos everyone knows everyone else round here;
    la contaminación afecta más al centro que a los barrios the pollution is worse in the centre of the city than further out;
    una tienda/un cine de barrio a local shop/cinema;
    los barrios bajos the rough parts of town;
    Esp Fam Hum
    irse al otro barrio to kick the bucket, to snuff it;
    Esp Fam Hum barrio chino [de chinos] Chinatown; Esp [de prostitución] red-light district;
    barrio comercial shopping district;
    Col barrio de invasión shanty town;
    barrio latino Latin Quarter;
    barrio marginal deprived area o district;
    barrio obrero working-class area o district o neighbourhood;
    barrio periférico outlying area o district;
    barrio residencial residential area o district o neighbourhood;
    Andes barrio de tolerancia red-light district
    2. Ven [de chabolas] shanty town
    * * *
    m neighborhood, Br
    neighbourhood, area;
    * * *
    barrio nm
    1) : neighborhood, district
    2)
    barrios bajos : slums pl
    * * *
    1. (zona) area / neighbourhood
    2. (zona típica) quarter

    Spanish-English dictionary > barrio

  • 13 casa

    f.
    1 house (edificio).
    ser de andar por casa to be simple o basic (sencillo)
    echar o tirar la casa por la ventana (figurative) to spare no expense
    empezar la casa por el tejado to put the cart before the horse
    casa Blanca White House
    casa de campo country house
    casa particular private house
    casa Rosada = Argentinian presidential palace (en Argentina)
    casa solariega ancestral home, family seat
    casa unifamiliar = house (usually detached) on an estate
    2 home.
    en casa at home
    ¿está tu hermano en casa? is your brother at home?
    buscar casa to look for somewhere to live
    cambiarse o mudarse de casa to move (house)
    ir a casa to go home
    pásate por mi casa come round to my place
    3 family (familia).
    casa real royal family
    ¡invita la casa! it's on the house!
    especialidad/vino de la casa house specialty/wine
    casa de apuestas betting shop
    casa de citas brothel
    casa de comidas = cheap restaurant serving simple meals
    casa discográfica record company
    casa de empeño pawnshop
    ¡esto es una casa de locos! (figurative) this place is a madhouse!
    casa de socorro first-aid post
    5 home (sport).
    jugar en casa to play at home
    jugar fuera de casa to play away (from home)
    el equipo de casa the home team
    6 business.
    7 CASA, Summit of the Americas Welcoming Committee.
    pres.indicat.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: casar.
    * * *
    1 (vivienda) house
    2 (piso) flat
    3 (edificio) building
    4 (hogar) home
    5 (familia) family
    6 (linaje) house
    7 (empresa) firm, company
    \
    buscar casa to go house-hunting
    caerse la casa encima figurado not to be able to stand being in the house
    como Pedro por su casa figurado as if he (she, you, etc) owned the place
    de andar por casa (ropa) for wearing around the house 2 (procedimiento, arreglo) rough, makeshift
    echar la casa por la ventana / tirar la casa por la ventana figurado to spare no expense, push the boat out
    empezar la casa por el tejado figurado to put the cart before the horse
    hacer la casa familiar to do the housework
    jugar en casa DEPORTE to play at home
    llevar la casa figurado to run the house
    no parar en casa to never be at home
    no salir de casa not to go out
    pasar por casa to come round, come over
    poner casa to set up house
    ser muy de casa figurado to be home-loving
    casa de comidas eating house
    casa de huéspedes boarding house
    casa de juego gambling house
    casa de modas fashion house
    casa de pisos block of flats
    casa de socorro first aid post
    casa matriz / casa principal COMERCIO head office, central office
    * * *
    noun f.
    2) home
    4) firm, company
    * * *
    SF ABR Esp
    = Construcciones Aeronáuticas, S.A.
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( vivienda) house
    b) ( hogar) home

    a los 18 años se fue de casa or (AmL) de la casa — she left home at 18

    no está nunca en casa or (AmL) en la casa — he's never (at) home

    ¿estarás en casa esta tarde? — will you be at home o in this afternoon?

    ¿por qué no pasas por casa or (AmL) por la casa? — why don't you drop in o by?

    lo invito a cenar a su casa de usted — (Méx) please come over to dinner

    vivo en Lomas 38, su casa de usted — (Méx) I live at number 38 Lomas, where you will always be most welcome

    de or para andar por casa — < vestido> for wearing around the house; <definición/terminología> crude, rough

    se me/se le vino la casa encima — the bottom fell out of my/her world

    como Pedro por su casa — as if you/he/she owned the place (colloq)

    como una casa — (fam)

    una mentira como una casaa whopping great lie (colloq), a whopper (colloq)

    echar or tirar la casa por la ventana — to push the boat out

    empezar la casa por el tejadoto put the cart before the horse

    en la casa de la Guayaba (Méx fam) — miles away (colloq)

    ser muy de su casa — ( hogareño) to be very homeloving; ( hacendoso) to be very houseproud

    en casa del herrero, cuchillo de palo — the shoemaker's son always goes barefoot

    2) (Com)
    a) ( empresa) company, firm (BrE)
    b) (bar, restaurante)

    especialidad de la casahouse specialty (AmE), speciality of the house (BrE)

    3) ( dinastía) house
    4)
    a) (Dep)
    b) (Jueg) home
    * * *
    = home, house, household, townhouse [town-house], home front.
    Ex. It is recommended for a variety of applications, amongst which are records of suppliers, staff, household possessions and so on, and is likely to find users in both the home and business worlds.
    Ex. Qualifiers function as an integral part of the index terms, so that terms of the form 'Moving ( House)', 'Mergers (Industrial)' are created and used.
    Ex. For the two-car family, living in the countryside can present few problems, but most households are not in such an advantageous position.
    Ex. In comparing the residential experiences of single-family dwelling inhabitants with those living in townhouses, duplexes, & apartments, only apartment dwellers seem to experience adverse effects.
    Ex. The ongoing threat of terrorist attacks on North American soil and assets abroad, have brought asymmetric warfare to the home front.
    ----
    * alfabetización en casa = family literacy.
    * ama de casa = housewife [housewives, -pl.], homemaker, housekeeper.
    * amo de casa = homemaker.
    * artículos de la casa = household goods.
    * asuntos de la casa, los = home affairs.
    * banco en casa = home banking.
    * barrer para casa = look after + number one, feather + Posesivo/the + nest.
    * bata de casa = housedress.
    * cambiarse de casa = move + house.
    * casa adosada = terrace(d) house, terrace(d) home, townhouse [town-house], semidetached house, duplex, duplex house.
    * casa alquilada = house let.
    * casa ancestral = ancestral home.
    * Casa Blanca, la = White House, the.
    * casa comercial = house.
    * casa consistorial = civic hall.
    * casa de acogida = shelter home, foster home.
    * casa de beneficiencia = almshouse.
    * casa de campo = holiday home, country residence.
    * casa de empeño = pawnshop, hock shop [hockshop].
    * casa de huéspedes = guesthouse [guest house], bed and breakfast (B&B).
    * casa de ladrillos de adobe = mud-brick house.
    * casa de la moneda = mint.
    * casa de la playa = beach house.
    * casa del guarda = lodge.
    * casa de locos = lunatic asylum, madhouse, bedlam.
    * casa de los locos = asylum, mental asylum, madhouse.
    * casa del párroco = parsonage house, parsonage.
    * casa de madera = log house, wood house.
    * casa de maternidad = maternity home.
    * casa de muñecas = doll's house.
    * casa de oficios = vocational school.
    * casa de pisos = tenement, apartment block, apartment building, apartment complex.
    * casa de placer = house of pleasure, house of pleasure.
    * casa de putas = brothel, bawdy house [bawdyhouse].
    * casa de té = teahouse.
    * casa de tres plantas = three-storeyed house.
    * casa de troncos de madera = log house.
    * casa de vacaciones = vacation home.
    * casa de veraneo = holiday home.
    * casa editorial = publishing house.
    * casa frecuentada por los espíritus = haunted house.
    * casa móvil = mobile home.
    * casa pareada = duplex, duplex house.
    * casa parroquial = parsonage house, parsonage.
    * casa particular = private home.
    * casa piloto = show home, show house.
    * casa prefabricada = manufactured home, prefabricated house.
    * casa proveedora = components supplier.
    * casa remolque = mobile home.
    * casa rural = farmhouse.
    * casa rústica = cottage.
    * casa señorial = manor house, stately home.
    * casa social = community house.
    * casa solariega = ancestral home, country house, stately home, manor house.
    * cine en casa = home theatre, home cinema.
    * cocinero de casa = home cook.
    * comer en casa = eat in.
    * como en casa = like home (away) from home.
    * como en casa no se está en ningún sitio = there's no place like home.
    * compra desde casa = armchair shopping.
    * confinado a la casa = housebound [house-bound].
    * construcción de casas = building construction.
    * dueño de la casa = householder.
    * el enemigo en casa = the enemy within.
    * empezar la casa por el tejado = tail wagging the dog.
    * en casa = in the home.
    * en casa de herrero cuchillo de palo = the cobbler's children run barefoot.
    * encontrar casa = find + a home.
    * encontrarse en casa = be in.
    * enseñanza escolar en casa = homeschooling [home schooling].
    * equipo de casa = home team.
    * equipo de casa, el = home side, the.
    * escolarización en casa = homeschool, homeschooling [home schooling].
    * escolarizar en casa = homeschool.
    * especialidad de la casa, la = house specialty, the.
    * estar en casa = be in.
    * esterilla de la entrada de la casa = welcome mat.
    * estilo de la casa = house style.
    * fuera de la casa = out-of-home.
    * hacer que Algo se haga en casa = bring + Nombre + in-house.
    * hecho en casa = homespun, homemade.
    * hora de volver a casa = curfew.
    * imposibilitado para salir de casa = housebound [house-bound], homebound [home-bound].
    * ir a casa de = make + house calls.
    * irse a casa = go + home.
    * irse de casa = leave + home.
    * joven que huye de su casa = runaway.
    * lejía de casa = household bleach.
    * llave de la casa = house key.
    * llegar a casa = get + home.
    * llegar tarde a casa = stay out + late.
    * llevar a casa = bring + home.
    * llevarse los problemas a casa = bring + problems home.
    * menú de la casa = set menu.
    * mudarse de casa = move + house.
    * para el inglés su casa es su castillo = an Englishman's home is his castle.
    * partido que se juega en casa = home game.
    * partido que se juega fuera de casa = away game.
    * personas confinadas a permanecer en casa por cualquier impedimento, las = housebound, the.
    * personas que no pueden salir de casa = homebound, the.
    * pisar + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.
    * poner la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.
    * poner la casa patas arriba = turn + the house upside down.
    * poner los pies en + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.
    * quedarse a dormir en la casa de un amigo = sleepover.
    * quedarse dentro de casa = stay + indoors.
    * quedarse en casa = stay + indoors.
    * quehaceres de la casa = housework.
    * que trabaja desde casa = home-based.
    * realización de los estudios escolares en casa = homeschooling [home schooling].
    * regresar a casa = go + home again.
    * regreso a casa = homecoming, journey home.
    * revolver toda la casa = turn + the house upside down.
    * ropa de casa = loungewear.
    * ropa de estar en casa = loungewear.
    * salir de casa = leave + home.
    * segunda casa = second home.
    * seguro de la casa = home insurance.
    * sentirse como en casa = feel + at home, feel like + home (away) from home.
    * tirar la casa por la ventana = lash out (on), go to + town on.
    * todo queda en casa = all in the family.
    * trabajador desde casa = homeworker.
    * trabajos de la casa = housework.
    * traer a casa = bring + back home.
    * vender de casa en casa = peddle.
    * volver a casa = go + home again.
    * volver la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.
    * volver tarde a casa = stay out + late.
    * vuelta a casa = homecoming, journey home.
    * zona para casas móviles = mobile home park, trailer park.
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( vivienda) house
    b) ( hogar) home

    a los 18 años se fue de casa or (AmL) de la casa — she left home at 18

    no está nunca en casa or (AmL) en la casa — he's never (at) home

    ¿estarás en casa esta tarde? — will you be at home o in this afternoon?

    ¿por qué no pasas por casa or (AmL) por la casa? — why don't you drop in o by?

    lo invito a cenar a su casa de usted — (Méx) please come over to dinner

    vivo en Lomas 38, su casa de usted — (Méx) I live at number 38 Lomas, where you will always be most welcome

    de or para andar por casa — < vestido> for wearing around the house; <definición/terminología> crude, rough

    se me/se le vino la casa encima — the bottom fell out of my/her world

    como Pedro por su casa — as if you/he/she owned the place (colloq)

    como una casa — (fam)

    una mentira como una casaa whopping great lie (colloq), a whopper (colloq)

    echar or tirar la casa por la ventana — to push the boat out

    empezar la casa por el tejadoto put the cart before the horse

    en la casa de la Guayaba (Méx fam) — miles away (colloq)

    ser muy de su casa — ( hogareño) to be very homeloving; ( hacendoso) to be very houseproud

    en casa del herrero, cuchillo de palo — the shoemaker's son always goes barefoot

    2) (Com)
    a) ( empresa) company, firm (BrE)
    b) (bar, restaurante)

    especialidad de la casahouse specialty (AmE), speciality of the house (BrE)

    3) ( dinastía) house
    4)
    a) (Dep)
    b) (Jueg) home
    * * *
    = home, house, household, townhouse [town-house], home front.

    Ex: It is recommended for a variety of applications, amongst which are records of suppliers, staff, household possessions and so on, and is likely to find users in both the home and business worlds.

    Ex: Qualifiers function as an integral part of the index terms, so that terms of the form 'Moving ( House)', 'Mergers (Industrial)' are created and used.
    Ex: For the two-car family, living in the countryside can present few problems, but most households are not in such an advantageous position.
    Ex: In comparing the residential experiences of single-family dwelling inhabitants with those living in townhouses, duplexes, & apartments, only apartment dwellers seem to experience adverse effects.
    Ex: The ongoing threat of terrorist attacks on North American soil and assets abroad, have brought asymmetric warfare to the home front.
    * alfabetización en casa = family literacy.
    * ama de casa = housewife [housewives, -pl.], homemaker, housekeeper.
    * amo de casa = homemaker.
    * artículos de la casa = household goods.
    * asuntos de la casa, los = home affairs.
    * banco en casa = home banking.
    * barrer para casa = look after + number one, feather + Posesivo/the + nest.
    * bata de casa = housedress.
    * cambiarse de casa = move + house.
    * casa adosada = terrace(d) house, terrace(d) home, townhouse [town-house], semidetached house, duplex, duplex house.
    * casa alquilada = house let.
    * casa ancestral = ancestral home.
    * Casa Blanca, la = White House, the.
    * casa comercial = house.
    * casa consistorial = civic hall.
    * casa de acogida = shelter home, foster home.
    * casa de beneficiencia = almshouse.
    * casa de campo = holiday home, country residence.
    * casa de empeño = pawnshop, hock shop [hockshop].
    * casa de huéspedes = guesthouse [guest house], bed and breakfast (B&B).
    * casa de ladrillos de adobe = mud-brick house.
    * casa de la moneda = mint.
    * casa de la playa = beach house.
    * casa del guarda = lodge.
    * casa de locos = lunatic asylum, madhouse, bedlam.
    * casa de los locos = asylum, mental asylum, madhouse.
    * casa del párroco = parsonage house, parsonage.
    * casa de madera = log house, wood house.
    * casa de maternidad = maternity home.
    * casa de muñecas = doll's house.
    * casa de oficios = vocational school.
    * casa de pisos = tenement, apartment block, apartment building, apartment complex.
    * casa de placer = house of pleasure, house of pleasure.
    * casa de putas = brothel, bawdy house [bawdyhouse].
    * casa de té = teahouse.
    * casa de tres plantas = three-storeyed house.
    * casa de troncos de madera = log house.
    * casa de vacaciones = vacation home.
    * casa de veraneo = holiday home.
    * casa editorial = publishing house.
    * casa frecuentada por los espíritus = haunted house.
    * casa móvil = mobile home.
    * casa pareada = duplex, duplex house.
    * casa parroquial = parsonage house, parsonage.
    * casa particular = private home.
    * casa piloto = show home, show house.
    * casa prefabricada = manufactured home, prefabricated house.
    * casa proveedora = components supplier.
    * casa remolque = mobile home.
    * casa rural = farmhouse.
    * casa rústica = cottage.
    * casa señorial = manor house, stately home.
    * casa social = community house.
    * casa solariega = ancestral home, country house, stately home, manor house.
    * cine en casa = home theatre, home cinema.
    * cocinero de casa = home cook.
    * comer en casa = eat in.
    * como en casa = like home (away) from home.
    * como en casa no se está en ningún sitio = there's no place like home.
    * compra desde casa = armchair shopping.
    * confinado a la casa = housebound [house-bound].
    * construcción de casas = building construction.
    * dueño de la casa = householder.
    * el enemigo en casa = the enemy within.
    * empezar la casa por el tejado = tail wagging the dog.
    * en casa = in the home.
    * en casa de herrero cuchillo de palo = the cobbler's children run barefoot.
    * encontrar casa = find + a home.
    * encontrarse en casa = be in.
    * enseñanza escolar en casa = homeschooling [home schooling].
    * equipo de casa = home team.
    * equipo de casa, el = home side, the.
    * escolarización en casa = homeschool, homeschooling [home schooling].
    * escolarizar en casa = homeschool.
    * especialidad de la casa, la = house specialty, the.
    * estar en casa = be in.
    * esterilla de la entrada de la casa = welcome mat.
    * estilo de la casa = house style.
    * fuera de la casa = out-of-home.
    * hacer que Algo se haga en casa = bring + Nombre + in-house.
    * hecho en casa = homespun, homemade.
    * hora de volver a casa = curfew.
    * imposibilitado para salir de casa = housebound [house-bound], homebound [home-bound].
    * ir a casa de = make + house calls.
    * irse a casa = go + home.
    * irse de casa = leave + home.
    * joven que huye de su casa = runaway.
    * lejía de casa = household bleach.
    * llave de la casa = house key.
    * llegar a casa = get + home.
    * llegar tarde a casa = stay out + late.
    * llevar a casa = bring + home.
    * llevarse los problemas a casa = bring + problems home.
    * menú de la casa = set menu.
    * mudarse de casa = move + house.
    * para el inglés su casa es su castillo = an Englishman's home is his castle.
    * partido que se juega en casa = home game.
    * partido que se juega fuera de casa = away game.
    * personas confinadas a permanecer en casa por cualquier impedimento, las = housebound, the.
    * personas que no pueden salir de casa = homebound, the.
    * pisar + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.
    * poner la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.
    * poner la casa patas arriba = turn + the house upside down.
    * poner los pies en + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.
    * quedarse a dormir en la casa de un amigo = sleepover.
    * quedarse dentro de casa = stay + indoors.
    * quedarse en casa = stay + indoors.
    * quehaceres de la casa = housework.
    * que trabaja desde casa = home-based.
    * realización de los estudios escolares en casa = homeschooling [home schooling].
    * regresar a casa = go + home again.
    * regreso a casa = homecoming, journey home.
    * revolver toda la casa = turn + the house upside down.
    * ropa de casa = loungewear.
    * ropa de estar en casa = loungewear.
    * salir de casa = leave + home.
    * segunda casa = second home.
    * seguro de la casa = home insurance.
    * sentirse como en casa = feel + at home, feel like + home (away) from home.
    * tirar la casa por la ventana = lash out (on), go to + town on.
    * todo queda en casa = all in the family.
    * trabajador desde casa = homeworker.
    * trabajos de la casa = housework.
    * traer a casa = bring + back home.
    * vender de casa en casa = peddle.
    * volver a casa = go + home again.
    * volver la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.
    * volver tarde a casa = stay out + late.
    * vuelta a casa = homecoming, journey home.
    * zona para casas móviles = mobile home park, trailer park.

    * * *
    Casa Amarilla (↑ casa a1), Casa Rosada (↑ casa aa1)
    A
    1 (vivienda) house
    está buscando casa she's looking for somewhere to live
    cambiarse or mudarse de casa to move, move house
    todavía no nos han ofrecido la casa they still haven't invited us to see the house
    casa or casita del perro caseta f 3. (↑ caseta)
    2 (hogar) home
    a los 18 años se fue de casa or ( AmL) de la casa she left home at 18
    no está nunca en casa or ( AmL) en la casa he's never (at) home
    ¿por qué no pasas por casa or ( AmL) por la casa? why don't you drop in o by?
    voy a preguntar en casa or ( AmL) en la casa I'll ask at home
    está en su casa make yourself at home
    lo invito a cenar a su casa de usted ( Méx); please come over to dinner
    ¿dónde vive? — en Lomas 38, su casa de usted ( Méx); where do you live? — at number 38 Lomas, where you will always be most welcome
    no soy de la casa I don't live here
    decidió poner casa en Toledo she decided to go and live in Toledo
    le ha puesto casa a su querida he's set his mistress up in a house ( o an apartment etc)
    los padres les ayudaron a poner la casa their parents helped them to set up house
    de andar or para andar por casa ‹vestido› house ( before n), for wearing around the house;
    ‹definición/terminología› crude, rough
    caérsele or venírsele a algn la casa encima: cuando no aprobó el examen se le vino la casa encima when she failed the exam, the bottom fell out of her world o her whole world came crashing down around her ears
    como Pedro or Perico or Pepe por su casa as if you/he/she owned the place ( colloq)
    como una casa ( fam): una mentira como una casa a whopping great lie ( colloq), an out-and-out lie
    un error grande como una casa a glaring o terrible mistake
    echar or tirar or ( Ven) botar la casa por la ventana to push the boat out
    para la boda de su hija tiró la casa por la ventana he spared no expense o he really went overboard o he really pushed the boat out for his daughter's wedding
    empezar la casa por el tejado to put the cart before the horse
    en la casa de la Guayaba ( fam) or ( vulg) de la chingada ( Méx); miles away ( colloq)
    ser muy de su casa (hogareño) to be very homeloving, be a real homebody ( AmE) o ( BrE) homelover; (hacendoso) to be very houseproud
    en casa del herrero, cuchillo de palo or ( Col) azadón de palo the shoemaker's son always goes barefoot
    cada uno en su casa y Dios en la de todos each to his own and God watching over everyone
    B ( Com)
    1 (empresa) company, firm ( BrE)
    la casa Mega lanzó ayer su último modelo Mega launched their latest model yesterday
    2
    (bar, restaurante): vino de la casa house wine
    especialidad de la casa house specialty ( AmE), speciality of the house ( BrE)
    invita la casa it's on the house
    es un obsequio de la casa with the compliments of the management
    C (dinastía) house
    la casa de los Borbones the House of Bourbon
    D
    1 ( Dep):
    Wanderers perdió en casa Wanderers lost at home
    los de casa juegan de amarillo the home team are in yellow
    2 ( Jueg) home
    E ( Astrol) house
    Compuestos:
    semi-detached/terraced house
    (en CR, Ven) Presidential Palace
    White House
    head office, headquarters ( sing o pl)
    clubhouse
    town hall
    ( Chi) (reformatorio) reformatory ( for girls) ( AmE), young offenders' institution ( for girls) ( BrE); (cárcel) women's prison
    police station ( including living quarters)
    children's home
    refuge
    (CS) maisonette
    ( Méx) boardinghouse, rooming house ( AmE)
    bathhouse, baths (pl)
    children's home
    bureau de change
    country house, house in the country
    ( RPl) apartment house o building ( AmE), block of flats ( BrE)
    House of God
    record company
    (CS) (universidad) university, college; (facultad) faculty
    (en algunos países) Presidential Palace
    boardinghouse, rooming house ( AmE)
    ( RPl) tenement house
    A ( Fin) mint
    B (en Chi) Presidential Palace
    ( ant); brothel
    ( fam); madhouse ( colloq)
    House of God
    ( Chi) reformatory ( AmE), young offenders' institution ( BrE)
    fashion house
    dollhouse ( AmE), doll's house ( BrE)
    lunatic asylum
    tenement house ( Esp)
    coaching inn
    ( vulg); whorehouse ( vulg)
    casa de reposo or salud
    (CS) nursing home, convalescent home
    first-aid post
    ( AmL) brothel
    ( Méx) tenement house
    tenement house
    record company
    publishing house
    house boat
    ( Chi) dwelling
    head office, headquarters ( sing o pl)
    (Col, Méx) casa piloto
    model home ( AmE), show house ( BrE)
    brothel
    Royal Household
    refuge o hostel for battered women
    (CS, Ven) mobile home, trailer ( AmE), caravan ( BrE)
    (en Arg) Presidential Palace
    ( Esp); holiday cottage
    ancestral home
    * * *

     

    Del verbo casar: ( conjugate casar)

    casa es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

    2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    casa    
    casar
    casa sustantivo femenino
    1


    casita del perro kennel;
    casa adosada or pareada semi-detached o terraced house;
    Ccasa Blanca White House;
    casa de acogida refuge;
    casa de huéspedes boardinghouse;
    casa de socorro first-aid post;
    casa de vecinos or (Méx) de vecindad tenement house;
    Ccasa Real Royal Household;
    casa refugio refuge o hostel for battered women;
    casa rodante (CS) trailer (AmE), caravan (BrE)
    b) ( hogar) home;

    a los 18 años se fue de casa or (AmL) de la casa she left home at 18;
    no está nunca en casa or ( AmL) en la casa he's never (at) home;

    ¿por qué no pasas por casa or (AmL) por la casa? why don't you drop in?;
    de or para andar por casa ‹ vestido for wearing around the house;

    definición/terminología crude, rough;
    echar or tirar la casa por la ventana to push the boat out
    2
    a) ( empresa) company, firm (BrE);


    casa de cambios bureau de change
    b) (bar, restaurante):


    invita la casa it's on the house
    3 (Dep):

    casar ( conjugate casar) verbo transitivo [cura/juez] to marry
    verbo intransitivo

    [ piezas] to fit together;
    [ cuentas] to match, tally
    b) ( armonizar) [colores/estilos] to go together;

    casa con algo to go well with sth
    casarse verbo pronominal
    to get married;

    se casó con un abogado she married a lawyer;
    casase en segundas nupcias to marry again, to remarry
    casa sustantivo femenino
    1 (edificio) house ➣ Ver nota en chalet
    2 (hogar) home: vete a casa, go home
    estábamos en casa de Rosa, we were at Rosa's
    hay mucha gente que no tiene casa, there are a lot of homeless people
    3 (empresa) company, firm
    casa matriz, head office
    4 (estirpe) la casa de los Austria, the House of Habsburg
    5 casa de empeños, pawnshop
    casa de huéspedes, boarding house
    familiar casa de locos, madhouse
    casa de socorro, first aid post
    casa de la villa, town hall
    ♦ Locuciones: tengo que salir a pasear, si no, se me cae la casa encima, I've got to go out for a walk or this house is going to drive me up the wall
    familiar como Pedro por su casa, as if I/you/he owned the place
    de andar por casa, (ropa) everyday
    (explicación) crude, rough
    no parar en casa, to be on the go
    tirar la casa por la ventana, to roll out the red carpet
    casar
    I verbo transitivo (unir en matrimonio) to marry
    (dar en matrimonio) to marry (off): casó muy bien a sus dos hijos, she successfully married off her two sons
    II verbo intransitivo (encajar) to match, go o fit together: las cuentas no le casan, he can't make the figures balance, figurado things don't seem to be right to him

    ' casa' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - abajo
    - abstraerse
    - acercar
    - acoger
    - acogedor
    - acogedora
    - acuerdo
    - adosada
    - adosado
    - afuera
    - agencia
    - ajena
    - ajeno
    - alquilar
    - alquiler
    - ama
    - amañarse
    - amo
    - ampliación
    - andar
    - antirrobo
    - arriba
    - así
    - ático
    - atusar
    - aviar
    - barrer
    - bata
    - benjamín
    - benjamina
    - bienvenida
    - bienvenido
    - borde
    - cabida
    - cacho
    - calentar
    - cambiar
    - camino
    - cara
    - cargar
    - carpintería
    - casera
    - casero
    - chalet
    - cocina
    - comedor
    - comedora
    - consentir
    - convivir
    English:
    address
    - advantage
    - agent
    - amenities
    - ancestral
    - anyone
    - appraisal
    - appreciate
    - approximately
    - around-the clock
    - as
    - ask round
    - at
    - attractive
    - back
    - be
    - bed
    - before
    - below
    - better
    - big
    - blast away
    - bleak
    - boarding house
    - body
    - bookshelf
    - break into
    - built-in
    - burglar alarm
    - burglarize
    - burglary
    - busline
    - bustle
    - buyer
    - call
    - caller
    - care
    - caretaker
    - clean up
    - come out
    - congregate
    - convenience
    - cottage
    - curious
    - customary
    - cut out
    - daily
    - dear
    - decorate
    - design
    * * *
    casa nf
    1. [edificio] house;
    [apartamento] Br flat, US apartment;
    vivo en una casa de tres plantas my house has got three floors;
    vivimos en una casa de alquiler we live in rented accommodation;
    buscar casa to look for somewhere to live;
    cambiarse o [m5] mudarse de casa to move (house);
    de casa en casa house-to-house;
    se le cae la casa encima [se deprime] it's the end of the world for him;
    Fam
    como una casa [enorme] massive;
    dijo un disparate como una casa he made a totally ludicrous remark;
    una mentira como una casa a whopping great lie;
    un fuera de juego como una casa a blindingly obvious offside;
    echar o [m5] tirar la casa por la ventana to spare no expense;
    para comprarse un coche tan caro, tiró la casa por la ventana he spared no expense when he bought that car;
    empezar la casa por el tejado to put the cart before the horse
    casa adosada Br terraced house, US row house;
    casa de altos Am salvo RP [edificio] multistorey building;
    CSur, Perú [casa de arriba] upstairs Br flat o US apartment;
    casa de apartamentos Br block of flats, US apartment building;
    Casa Blanca [en Estados Unidos] White House;
    casa de campo country house;
    casa y comida board and lodging;
    Esp casa cuartel [de la Guardia Civil] = police station also used as living quarters by Guardia Civil; Arg casa de departamentos Br block of flats, US apartment building; Am casa habitación residential building; RP casa de inquilinato = communal dwelling where poor families each live in a single room and share bathroom and kitchen with others;
    casa de labor farmhouse;
    casa de labranza farmhouse;
    Méx casa llena:
    con casa llena [en béisbol] with the bases loaded;
    Casa de la Moneda [en Chile] = Chile's presidential palace;
    casa de muñecas Br doll's house, US dollhouse;
    casa natal: [m5] la casa natal de Goya the house where Goya was born;
    casa parroquial priest's house, presbytery;
    casa piloto show house;
    casa de postas posthouse, inn;
    RP casa rodante Br caravan, US trailer;
    Casa Rosada [en Argentina] = Argentinian presidential palace;
    casa semiadosada semi-detached house;
    casa solariega ancestral home, family seat;
    casa unifamiliar = house, usually detached, on an estate;
    casa de vecindad tenement house
    2. [hogar] home;
    bienvenido a casa welcome home;
    en casa at home;
    ¿está tu hermano en casa? is your brother at home?;
    me quedé en casa leyendo I stayed at home and read a book;
    en casa se cena pronto we have dinner early at home;
    estar de casa to be casually dressed;
    unas zapatillas de ir por casa slippers for wearing around the house;
    pásate por (mi) casa come round, come over to my place;
    ir a casa to go home;
    irse de casa to leave home;
    me fui de casa a los dieciséis años I left home at sixteen;
    franquear la casa a alguien to open one's home to sb;
    generalmente es la mujer la que lleva la casa it's usually the woman who runs the household;
    no para en casa he's hardly ever at home;
    no tener casa ni hogar to be homeless;
    ponte como en tu casa, estás en tu casa make yourself at home;
    sin casa homeless;
    había varios sin casa durmiendo a la intemperie there were several homeless people sleeping rough;
    hemos recogido a un niño sin casa we've taken in a child from a broken home;
    Esp
    quiere poner casa en Valencia she wants to go and live in Valencia;
    sentirse como en casa to feel at home;
    ser (uno) muy de su casa to be a homebody;
    Fam
    como Pedro por su casa: entra y sale como Pedro por su casa she comes in and out as if she owns the place;
    todo queda en casa: nadie se enterará de tu despiste, todo queda en casa no one will find out about your mistake, we'll keep it between ourselves;
    el padre y el hijo dirigen el negocio, así que todo queda en casa the business is run by father and son, so it's all in the family;
    Esp Fam
    los unos por los otros y la casa sin barrer everybody said they'd do it and nobody did;
    Esp Fam
    esto parece la casa de tócame Roque everyone just does whatever they want in here, it's like Liberty Hall in here;
    cada uno en su casa, y Dios en la de todos = you should mind your own business;
    en casa del herrero cuchillo de palo the shoemaker's wife is always worst shod
    casa mortuoria home of the deceased;
    casa paterna parental home
    3. [familia] family;
    [linaje] house;
    procede de una de las mejores casas de la ciudad she comes from one of the most important families in the city
    Hist la casa de Austria the Hapsburgs; Hist la casa de Borbón the Bourbons;
    casa real royal family
    4. [establecimiento] company;
    este producto lo fabrican varias casas this product is made by several different companies;
    por la compra de un televisor, la casa le regala una radio buy a television and we'll give you a radio for free;
    ¡invita la casa! it's on the house!;
    especialidad/vino de la casa house speciality/wine
    casa de apuestas bookmaker's, Br betting shop; Méx casa de asistencia boarding house;
    casa de banca banking house;
    Com casa central head office;
    casa de citas brothel;
    casa de comidas = cheap restaurant serving simple meals;
    casa discográfica record company;
    casa editorial publishing house;
    casa de empeño pawnshop;
    casa de empeños pawnshop;
    casa exportadora exporter;
    casa de huéspedes Br ≈ guesthouse, US ≈ rooming house;
    casa importadora importer;
    casa de lenocinio house of ill repute;
    Com casa matriz [de empresa] head office; [de grupo de empresas] parent company;
    casa pública brothel;
    muy Fam casa de putas whorehouse;
    casa de subastas auction house, auctioneer's;
    Am casa de tolerancia brothel
    5. [institución, organismo] RP casa bancaria savings bank;
    casa de baños public bathhouse;
    Fin casa de cambio Br bureau de change, US foreign-exchange bureau;
    casa de caridad poorhouse;
    casa consistorial Br town o US city hall;
    casa de correos post office;
    casa cuna [orfanato] foundling home;
    [guardería] nursery;
    casa de Dios house of God;
    CSur casa de estudios educational establishment; Am casa de gobierno = workplace of the head of state, governor, mayor etc;
    casa de locos madhouse;
    Fig
    ¡esto es una casa de locos! this place is a madhouse!;
    casa de la moneda [fábrica] mint;
    casa del pueblo = village social club run by local council;
    casa rectoral rectory;
    casa regional = social club for people from a particular region (in another region or abroad);
    casa religiosa [de monjas] convent;
    [de monjes] monastery; RP casa de reposo rest home; RP casa de salud rest home;
    casa del Señor house of God;
    casa de socorro first-aid station o Br post;
    casa de la villa town hall
    6. CSur
    las casas [en estancia, hacienda] the farmstead
    7. Dep home;
    jugar en casa to play at home;
    jugar fuera de casa to play away (from home);
    el equipo de casa the home team
    8. [en juegos de mesa] home
    9. [casilla de ajedrez, damas] square
    10. casa celeste [en astrología] house
    CASA ROSADA
    Casa Rosada (the “pink house”) in Buenos Aires, is the name of the Argentinian Presidential Palace. Its pink colour was originally chosen (for an earlier building) by president Domingo Sarmiento (1868-74) to represent a combination between the two feuding political traditions of nineteenth century Argentina – red for the Federalists and white for the Unitarians. Argentina's presidents have addressed the people from the balcony of the palace, but the most famous orator to use it was Evita Peron, so there was a huge controversy when film director Alan Parker obtained permission to use the balcony when filming his musical “Evita” in 1997, with Madonna in the title role.
    * * *
    f
    1 house;
    como una casa fam huge fam ;
    comenzar la casa por el tejado fig put the cart before the horse;
    tirar la casa por la ventana spare no expense;
    se me cayó la casa encima fig the bottom fell out of my world
    2 DEP
    :
    jugar en casa play at home;
    jugar fuera de casa play away, play on the road
    3 ( hogar) home;
    en casa at home;
    estás en tu casa make yourself at home;
    de andar por casa ropa for (wearing) around the house; fig: arreglo makeshift;
    llevar la casa run the home;
    ser muy de su casa be a real home-lover;
    todo queda en casa everything stays in the family
    * * *
    casa nf
    1) : house, building
    2) hogar: home
    3) : household, family
    4) : company, firm
    5)
    echar la casa por la ventana : to spare no expense
    * * *
    casa n
    1. (en general) house
    2. (hogar) home
    3. (empresa) company

    Spanish-English dictionary > casa

  • 14 ÞEIR

    (þær, þau), dem. pron. pl. they, those, answering to the sing. ‘sá, sú, þat’, and ‘hann, hón, þat’;
    1) the neut. pl. ‘þau’ as collective for a masc. and fem.; síðan gengu þau (sc. Njáll and Bergthora) inn bæði;
    2) ‘þeir’ is frequently used before an adv., or a prep. with its complement; þeir norðr þar, those there in the north; þeir fyrir austan árnar, those east of the rivers;
    3) pleonast. before the names of two or more persons; þau Ásgerðr ok Þorsteinn, Asgerd and Thorstein; börn þeira Hildigunnar ok Kára váru þeir Starkaðr ok Flosi, the children of H. and K. were these, S. and F.; þeir feðgar, father and son;
    4) ellipt., before the name of a single person; þeir Oddr, O. and his men; frá skiptum þeira Þórðar, about the dealings of Thord and Björn; þau Asgerðr, Asgerd and her son (Thorstein).
    * * *
    þær, þau. This is the plur. of the personal pron., answering to sing. hann, hón, þat; gen. þeira and mod. þeirra; dat. þeim; acc. þá, þær, þau; in mod. speech þau is sounded þaug, which form occurs as early as Run. Gramm. of 1651, and often rhymes in mod. poets with words ending in g, e. g. flaug, þaug, Bb. 2. 17: [the A. S. uses the forms hi, hira, him, hi, and so in early South. E., whereas the North. E. has thay, thair, thaim; South. E. and Chaucer hii, here, hem, Morris’ Specimens, p. xv; Dan. de, deres, early Dan. deræ, dat. dem.]
    A. They, them, theirs (see Gramm. p. xxi); töluðu þeir mart, ríða þeir heim af þingi; þeir kómu í Fljótshlíð, Gunnarr tók vel við þeim; Njáll mælti til þeirra …, slíkar fortölur hafði hann fyrir þeim, … þeir spurðu þær tíðenda, báðu þær eigi leyna, þær sögðu svá vera skyldu; at þeim muni ílla sækjask at vinna oss, … vér getum þá eigi með vápnum sótta, and so in endless instances.
    2. a peculiarity of the Icel. is the constant use of the neut. plur. ‘þau’ as collective for a masc. and fem.; síðan gengu þau inn bæði (i. e. Njall and Bergthora), at hann skyldi breiða yfir þau húðina; börn þeirra Þjálfa ok Rösku, ok görðusk þau … þá er þau höfðu gengit litla hríð, Edda 28; Ask ok Emblu … önd þau né áttu óð þau né höfðu, Vsp.; and so also of things, e. g. þau páll og reka; þau hönd og fótr, and so on.
    B. Special usages; this pronoun is used collectively before the names of two or more persons, the neuter being used when the persons are of different sexes:
    1. where more than one are expressly named; þau Ásgerðr ok Þorsteinn, they, Asgerd and Thorstein, Eg. 702; þeir Starkaðr ok Þórðr, ok Flosi, Nj. 282; börn þeirra Hildigunnar ok Kára, the children of H. and K., id.; synir þeirra Starkaðar ok Hallberu vóru þeir Þorgeirr ok Börkr ok Þorkell, 89; synir hans vóru þeir Kolr ok Óttarr ok Haukr, id.; bræðr Hallgerðar vóru þeir Þorleikr, faðir Bolla, ok Ólafr faðir Kjartans, ok Bárðr, they, Thorleik, Olave, and Bard, 2; faðir þeirra Þorkels föður Brands, ok Þorgils föður míns, Jb. 20 (restored by Maurer; the emendation in the Editions is an error; the passage is parallel to that given above from Nj.); Þórr ok þeir lagsmenn, Thor and they—his followers, Edda 28.
    2. ellipt., as it seems, where the one part is understood, and not named; in this case the neut. þau is used whenever the name understood is different in gender; þeim Oddi, to Odd and his men, Fms. vi. 379; þeir Vagn, W. and his men; þeir Pálnatóki, P. and his men, xi. 95; þeir Þóroddr, … þeim Þóroddi, Hkr. ii. 251; frá skiptum þeirra Þórðar, the dealings of Thord ( and Björn), Fms. iv. 110; þeir feðgar, they, father and son, Nj. 8; þau Ásgerðr, Asgerd and her son, Eg. 702; vinátta var með þeim frændum þeirra, i. e. between him and their kinsmen, Grett. 132; þeirra bræðra, Fms. xi. 160; þeir í Orkneyjum, Nj. 270; af þeim ( those) fyrir austan árnar, 210.—This use of the pronoun þeir, þær, þau is peculiar to the old Scandin. and Icel. tongue, and is not found in any other Teut. language. We take it to be a remnant from an ancient time when the article was still used detached and not suffixed, being, as in Homeric Greek, used half as a demonstrative pronoun; thus Iliad viii. 457, αϊδ Ἀθηναίη τε και Ἤρη, sounds quite Icel., þær Aþena og Hera; Icel. extend it also to the other cases, þeirra (gen.) Aþenu og Heru, þeim Aþenu og Heru; cp. also II. xiii. 496, 526; the usage of the neut., as above, seems peculiar to Icel. It is therefore an error to explain ‘þeir Þóroddr,’ etc., as if a copula ‘ok’ had been dropped between the pronoun and the pr. name, þeir ‘ok’ Þóroddr; it is in fact an elliptical abbreviated version of the usage in B. 1: similar is the use of hann and hón for the sing. (see hann B. II. p. 239, col. 1), and of Gr. ὁ as in Od. xxi. 181.
    C. For this pronoun as demonstrative, see þat, p. 731.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ÞEIR

  • 15 सु _su

    1
    सु I. 1 U. (सुवति-ते) To go, move. -II. 1, 2 P. (सवति, सौति) To possess power or supremacy. -III. 5. U. (सुनोति, सुनुते; सुत; the स् of सु is changed to ष् after any preposition ending in इ or उ)
    1 To press out or extract juice.
    -2 To distil.
    -3 To pour out, sprinkle, make a libation.
    -4 To perform a sacrifice especially the Soma (sacrifice).
    -5 To bathe.
    -6 To churn. -Desid. (सुषूषति-ते) -- With उद् to excite, agitate. -प्र to produce, beget.
    2
    सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:--
    1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि.
    -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c.
    -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22.
    -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v.
    -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c.
    -6 Worthy of respect or reverence.
    -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress.
    -Comp. -अक्ष a.
    1 having good eyes.
    -2 having keen organs, acute.
    -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely.
    -अच्छ a. see s. v.
    -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well.
    -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v.
    -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v.
    -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful.
    - आगत see s. v.
    -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172.
    -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22.
    -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41.
    -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (
    -क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका).
    (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97.
    -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to some- thing else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f.
    1 a hymn.
    -2 praise, a word of praise.
    -उक्तिः f.
    1 a good or friendly speech.
    -2 a good or clever saying.
    -3 a correct sentence.
    -उत्तर a.
    1 very superior.
    -2 well towards the north.
    -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (
    -नम्) vigorous effort or exertion.
    -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic.
    - उपसदन a. easy to be approached.
    -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments.
    -कण्टका the aloe plant.
    -कण्ठ a. sweet- voiced. (
    -ण्ठी) the female cuckoo.
    -कण्डुः itch.
    -कन्दः 1 an onion.
    -2 a yam.
    -3 a sort of grass.
    -कन्दकः onion.
    -कर a. (
    -रा or
    -री f.)
    1 easy to be done, practi- cable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'.
    -2 easy to be managed. (
    -रः) a good-natured horse. (
    -रा) a tractable cow. (
    -रम्) charity, benevolence.
    -कर्मन् a.
    1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good.
    -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman.
    -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,)
    -कलिल a. well filled with.
    -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7.
    -कल्पित a. well equip- ped or armed.
    -कल्य a. perfectly sound.
    -काण्डः the Kāravella plant.
    -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper.
    -काण्डिन् a.
    1 having beautiful stems.
    -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee.
    -काष्ठम् fire-wood.
    -कुन्दकः an onion.
    -कुमार a.
    1 very delicate or soft, smooth.
    -2 beautifully young or youthful.
    (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth.
    -2 a kind of sugar-cane.
    -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक).
    -4 a kind of mustard.
    -5 the wild Cham- paka.
    (-रा) 1 the double jasmine.
    -2 the plantain.
    -3 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -कुमारकः 1 a beauti- ful youth.
    -2 rice (शालि).
    (-कम्) 1 the Tamāla- patra.
    -2 a particutar part of the ear.
    -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine.
    -कृत् a.
    1 doing good, benevolent.
    -2 pious, virtuous, righteous.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 for- tunate, lucky.
    -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.)
    1 a skilful worker.
    -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri.
    -कृत a.
    1 done well or properly.
    -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2.
    -3 well made or constructed.
    -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended.
    -5 virtuous, righteous, pious.
    -6 lucky, fortunate.
    (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17.
    -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16.
    -3 fortune, auspiciousness.
    -4 recompense, reward.
    -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29.
    -कृतिः f.
    1 well-doing, a good act.
    -2 kindness, virtue.
    -3 practice of penance.
    -4 auspiciousness.
    -कृतिन् a.
    1 acting well or kindly.
    -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 benevolent.
    -5 fortunate, lucky.
    -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45.
    -केश(स)रः the citron tree.
    -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of Indra.
    -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa.
    -5 of the sun.
    -6 of Soma.
    -क्रयः a fair bargain.
    -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb.
    -खल्लिका luxurious life.
    - a.
    1 going gracefully or well.
    -2 graceful, elegant.
    -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148.
    -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (
    -गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34.
    (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces.
    -2 happiness.
    -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well.
    -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer.
    -गत a.
    1 well-gone or passed.
    -2 well-bestowed. (
    -तः) an epithet of Buddha.
    -गतिः 1 Welfare, hap- piness.
    -2 a secure refuge.
    -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a trader.
    (-न्धम्) 1 sandal.
    -2 small cumin seed.
    -3 a blue lotus.
    -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (
    -न्धा) sacred basil.
    -गन्धकः 1 sulphur.
    -2 the red Tulasee.
    -3 the orange.
    -4 a kind of gourd,
    -गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B.
    -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva.
    -गन्धि a.
    1 sweet-smelling, fra- grant, redolent with perfumes.
    -2 virtuous, pious.
    (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance.
    -2 the Supreme Being.
    -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (
    -न्धि n.)
    1 the root of long pepper.
    -2 a kind of fragrant grass.
    -3 cori- ander seed. ˚त्रिफला
    1 nutmeg.
    -2 areca nut.
    -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat.
    -गन्धिकः 1 incense.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a kind of rice. (
    -कम्) the white lotus.
    -गम a.
    1 easy of access, accessible.
    -2 easy.
    -3 plain, intelligible.
    -गरम् cinnabar.
    -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above.
    -गात्री a beautiful woman.
    -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for.
    -गृह a. (
    -ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39.
    -गृहीत a.
    1 held well or firmly, grasped.
    -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a.
    1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhi- ṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1.
    -ग्रासः a dainty mor- sel.
    -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck.
    (-वः) 1 a hero.
    -2 a swan.
    -3 a kind of weapon.
    -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -5 of Śiva.
    -6 of Indra.
    -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8.
    -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued.
    -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (
    -षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16.
    -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.)
    1 discerning or wise man, learned man.
    -2 The glomerous fig-tree.
    -चरित, -चरित्र a.
    1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116.
    -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (
    -तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds.
    -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (
    -ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife.
    -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree.
    -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher.
    -2 a kind of speckled snake.
    -चित्रा a kind of gourd.
    -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration.
    -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long.
    -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity.
    -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs.
    -चेतस् a.
    1 well-minded.
    -2 wise.
    -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; well- disposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2.
    -चेलकः a fine cloth.
    -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves.
    -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (
    -त्रा) the river Sutlej.
    -जन a.
    1 good, virtuous, respectable.
    -2 kind, benevolent.
    (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man.
    -2 a gentleman.
    -3 N. of Indra's charioteer.
    -जनता 1 goodness, kind- ness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82.
    -2 a number of good men.
    -3 bravery.
    -जन्मन् a.
    1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34.
    -2 legitimate, lawfully born.
    -जलम् a lotus.
    -जल्पः 1 a good speech.
    -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥
    -जात a.
    1 well-grown, tall.
    -2 well made or produced.
    -3 of high birth.
    -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8.
    -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31.
    -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्).
    -तनु a.
    1 having a beautiful body.
    -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin.
    -3 emaciated. (
    -नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24.
    -तन्त्री a.
    1 well-stringed.
    -2 (hence) melodious.
    -तपस् a.
    1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3.
    -2 having great heat. (-m.)
    1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite.
    -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance.
    -तप्त a.
    1 greatly harassed, afflicted.
    -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239.
    -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best.
    -तराम् ind.
    1 bet- ter, more excellently.
    -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24.
    -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3.
    -4 consequently.
    -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco.
    -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा).
    -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regi- ons below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33.
    -2 the foundation of a large building.
    -तान a. melodious.
    -तार a.
    1 very bright.
    -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2.
    -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (
    -रः) a kind of perfume. (
    -रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence.
    -तिक्तकः the coral tree.
    -तीक्ष्ण a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very pungent.
    -3 acutely painful.
    (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree.
    -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor.
    -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed.
    -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree.
    -2 the culminating point of a planet.
    -तुमुल a. very loud.
    -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (
    -नः) a well-pointed arrow.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very bright, or splendid.
    -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun.
    -दक्षिण a.
    1 very sincere or upright.
    -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31.
    -3 very skilful.
    -4 very polite. (
    -णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1.
    -दण्डः a cane, ratan.
    -दत् a. (
    -ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37.
    -दन्तः 1 a good tooth.
    -2 an actor; a dancer. (
    -न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter.
    -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः).
    -दर्शन a. (
    -ना or
    -नी f.)
    1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome.
    -2 easily seen. (
    -नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of mount Meru.
    -4 a vul- ture. (
    -नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (
    -नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa.
    -दर्शना 1 a handsome wo- man.
    -2 a woman.
    -3 an order, a command.
    -4 a kind of drug.
    -दास् a. very bountiful.
    -दान्तः a Buddhist.
    -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.)
    1 a cloud.
    -2 a moun- tain.
    -3 the sea.
    -4 N. of Indra's elephant.
    -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory.
    -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift.
    -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions.
    -3 one who offers such a gift.
    -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day.
    -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense.
    -दिह् a. well-polished, bright.
    -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (
    -र्घा) a kind of cucumber.
    -दुराधर्ष a.
    1 very hard to get.
    -2 quite intolerable.
    -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced.
    -दुरासद a. unapproachable.
    -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested.
    -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind.
    -दुर्मर्ष a. quite in- tolerable.
    -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare.
    -दुश्चर a.
    1 inaccessible.
    -2 very painful.
    -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured.
    -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon.
    -दूर a. very distant or remote. (
    -सुदूरम् means
    1 to a great distance.
    -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12.
    -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance').
    -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact.
    -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman.
    -देशिकः a good guide.
    -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.)
    1 a good archer or bowman.
    -2 Ananta, the great serpent.
    -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23.
    -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.)
    1 the hall or palace of Indra.
    -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family.
    -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27.
    -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34.
    -धात a. well cleaned.
    -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -धित a. Ved.
    1 perfect, secure.
    -2 kind, good.
    -3 happy, prosperous.
    -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon).
    -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (
    -धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good under- standing, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः
    1 a particu- lar kind of royal palace.
    -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (
    -स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या
    1 a woman.
    -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female com- panions.
    -3 a sort of pigment.
    -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18.
    -नन्दः a kind of royal palace.
    -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman.
    -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B.
    -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B.
    -नयः 1 good conduct.
    -2 good policy.
    - नयन a. having beau- tiful eyes. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes.
    -2 a woman in general.
    -नाभ a.
    1 having a beautiful navel.
    -2 having a good nave or cen- tre.
    (-भः) 1 a mountain.
    -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (
    -भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24.
    -नालम् a red water-lily.
    -निःष्ठित a. quite ready.
    -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (
    -तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately.
    -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka.
    -निरूहणम् a good purgative.
    -निर्णिक्त a. well polished.
    -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू).
    -निहित a. well-established.
    -नीत a.
    1 well-con- ducted, well-behaved.
    -2 polite, civil.
    (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour.
    -2 good policy or prodence.
    -नीतिः f.
    1 good conduct, good manners, propriety.
    -2 good policy.
    -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v.
    -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, vir- tuous, good.
    (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11.
    -3 Ved. a good leader.
    -नील a. very black or blue. (
    -लः) the pomegranate tree. (
    -ला) common flax.
    (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem.
    -नु n. water.
    -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes.
    -पक्व a.
    1 well-cooked.
    -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (
    -क्वः) a sort of fra- grant mango.
    -पठ a. legible.
    -पत्नी a woman having a good husband.
    -पत्र a.
    1 having beautiful wings.
    -2 well-feathered (an arrow).
    -पथः 1 a good road.
    -2 a good course.
    -3 good conduct.
    -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road.
    -पद्मा orris root.
    -परीक्षित a. well-examined.
    -पर्ण a. (
    -र्णा or
    -र्णी f.)
    1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11.
    -2 having good or beautiful leaves.
    (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun.
    -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine charac- ter.
    -3 any supernatural bird.
    -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44.
    -5 a cock.
    -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55.
    -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23.
    -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण.
    -पर्णा, -पर्णी f.
    1 a number of lotuses.
    -2 a pool abounding in lotuses.
    -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa.
    -पर्यवदात a. very clean.
    -पर्याप्त a.
    1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76.
    -2 well-fitted.
    -पर्वन् a. well- jointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.)
    1 a bam- boo.
    -2 an arrow.
    -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76.
    -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight).
    -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass.
    -पलायित a.
    1 completely fled or run away.
    -2 skilfully retreated.
    -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण).
    -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle.
    -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person.
    -पाद् (
    -पाद् or
    -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet.
    -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष).
    -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu.
    -पालि a. distinguished.
    -पीतम् 1 a carrot.
    -2 yellow sandal. (
    -तः) the fifth Muhūrta.
    -पुंसी a woman having a good husband.
    -पुरम् a strong fortress.
    -पुष्प a. (
    -ष्पा or
    -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers.
    (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree.
    -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (
    -ष्पी) the plantain tree.
    (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves.
    -2 the menstrual excretion.
    -पुष्पित a.
    1 well blossomed, being in full flower.
    -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling.
    -पूर a.
    1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25.
    -2 well-filling. (
    -रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर).
    -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree.
    -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34.
    -प्रकाश a.
    1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245.
    -2 public, notorious.
    -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment.
    -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor.
    -प्रतिष्ठ a.
    1 standing well.
    -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous.
    (-ष्ठा) 1 good position.
    -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity.
    -3 esta- blishment, erection.
    -4 installation, consecration.
    -प्रतिष्ठित a.
    1 well-established.
    -2 consecrated.
    -3 ce- lebrated. (
    -तः) the Udumbara tree.
    -प्रतिष्णात a.
    1 thoroughly purified.
    -2 well-versed in.
    -3 well-investi- gated, clearly ascertained or determined.
    -प्रतीक a.
    1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2.
    -2 having a beau- tiful trunk.
    (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter.
    -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31.
    -प्रपाणम् a good tank.
    -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (
    -भा) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6.
    -2 the earliest dawn.
    -प्रभावः omnipotence.
    -प्रमाण a. large-sized.
    -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer.
    -प्रयोगः 1 good management or ap- plication.
    -2 close contact.
    -3 dexterity.
    -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence.
    -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera.
    -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (
    -दः) N. of Śiva.
    -प्रातम् a fine morning.
    -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (
    -यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables.
    (-या) 1 a charming woman.
    -2 a beloved mistress.
    -प्रौढा a marriageable girl.
    -फल a.
    1 very fruitful, very productive.
    -2 very fertile.
    (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree.
    -2 the jujube.
    -3 the Karṇikāra tree.
    -4 a kind of bean.
    (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd.
    -2 the plan- tain tree.
    -3 a variety of brown grape.
    -4 colocynth.
    -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः sesamum.
    -बभ्रु a. dark-brown.
    -बल a. very powerful.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 N. of the father of Śakuni.
    -बान्धवः N. of Śiva.
    -बाल a. very childish.
    -बाहु a.
    1 handsome- armed.
    -2 strong-armed. (
    -हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29.
    -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy.
    -बोध a.
    1 easily apprehended or understood. (
    -धः) good information or advice.
    -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice.
    -भग a.
    1 very fortu- nate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured.
    -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9.
    -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3.
    -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5.
    -5 illustrious.
    (-गः) 1 borax.
    -2 the Aśoka tree.
    -3 the Champaka tree.
    -4 red amarnath. (
    -गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a.
    1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96.
    -2 vain, flattering oneself.
    -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her hus- band, a favourite wife.
    -2 an honoured mother.
    -3 a kind of wild jasmine.
    -4 turmeric.
    -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper.
    -6 the holy basil.
    -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9.
    -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals.
    -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favou- rite wife.
    -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree.
    -भटः a great war- rior, champion, soldier.
    -भट्टः a learned man.
    -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (
    -द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (
    -द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu.
    -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god.
    -2 the Bilva tree.
    -भाषित a.
    1 spoken well or eloquent.
    (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2.
    -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ.
    -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्).
    -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging.
    -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c.
    -भीरकः the Palāśa tree.
    -भीरुकम् silver.
    -भूतिः 1 well-being, wel- fare.
    -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa.
    -भूतिकः the Bilva tree.
    -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of con- ception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354.
    -भृत a.
    1 well-paid.
    -2 heavily laden.
    -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (
    -भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.)
    -मङ्गल a.
    1 very auspicious.
    -2 abounding in sacrifices.
    -मति a. very wise. (
    -तिः f.)
    1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship.
    -2 a favour of the gods.
    -3 a gift, blessing.
    -4 a prayer, hymn.
    -5 a wish or desire.
    -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons.
    -मदनः the mango tree.
    -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel.
    -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words.
    -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted.
    -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman.
    -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful.
    (-नः) 1 wheat.
    -2 the thorn-apple. (
    -ना) the great-flowered jasmine.
    -मनस् a.
    1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1.
    -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence
    -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.)
    1 a god, divinity.
    -2 a learned man.
    -3 a student of the Vedas.
    -4 wheat.
    -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.)
    1 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg.
    -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy.
    -मन्तु a.
    1 advising well.
    -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser.
    -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha.
    -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate.
    -मर्दित a. much harassed.
    -मर्षण a. easy to be borne.
    -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna.
    -मुख a. (
    -खा or
    -खी f.)
    1 having a beautiful face, lovely.
    -2 pleasing.
    -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42.
    -4 favour- able, kind.
    -5 well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance.
    (-खः) 1 a learned man.
    -2 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1.
    -4 of Śiva.
    (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail.
    -2 a kind of building.
    (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman.
    -2 a mirror.
    -मूलकम् a carrot.
    -मृत a. stone-dead.
    -मेखलः the Muñja grass.
    -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea.
    -मेरुः 1 the sac- red mountain Meru, q. v.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -यन्त्रित a.
    1 well-governed.
    -2 self-controlled.
    -यमाः a parti- cular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2.
    -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage.
    -यामुनः 1 a palace.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -युक्तः N. of Śiva.
    -योगः 1 a favourable junc- ture.
    -2 good opportunity.
    -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v.
    -रक्त a.
    1 well coloured.
    -2 im- passioned.
    -3 very lovely.
    -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33.
    -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk.
    -2 a kind of mango tree.
    -रङ्गः 1 good colour.
    -2 the orange.
    -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense).
    (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders.
    -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker.
    -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant.
    -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree.
    -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree.
    -रत a.
    1 much sported.
    -2 playful.
    -3 much enjoyed.
    -4 compassionate, tender.
    (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment.
    -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली
    1 a female messenger, a go-between.
    -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19.
    -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satis- faction.
    -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury.
    -2 sweet.
    -3 elegant (as a composition). (
    -सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (
    -सा) N. of Durgā. (
    -सा, -सम्) the sacred basil.
    (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh.
    -2 fragrant grass.
    -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.)
    1 a good king.
    -2 a divinity.
    -राजिका a small house-lizard.
    -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison.
    -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra.
    -रूप a.
    1 well-formed, handsome, love- ly; सुरूपा कन्या.
    -2 wise, learned. (
    -पः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass.
    -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14.
    -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (
    -भम्) tin.
    -लक्षण a.
    1 having auspicious or beautiful marks.
    -2 fortunate.
    (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining.
    -2 a good or auspicious mark.
    -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43.
    -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment.
    -लभ a.
    1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6.
    -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4.
    -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible.
    -लिखित a. well registered.
    -लुलित a.
    1 moving playfully.
    -2 greatly hurt, injured.
    -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a beauti- ful woman.
    -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit.
    -लोहकम् brass.
    -लोहित a. very red. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth.
    -2 correct utterance. (
    -क्त्रः) N. of Śiva.
    -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent.
    -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite.
    -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali.
    -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3.
    -2 linseed.
    -वर्चसः N. of Śiva.
    -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant.
    -वर्ण see s. v.
    -वर्तित 1 well rounded.
    -2 well arranged.
    -वर्तुलः a water-melon.
    -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season.
    -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense).
    -वह a.
    1 bearing well, patient.
    -2 patient, enduring.
    -3 easy to be borne-
    (-हा) 1 a lute.
    -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1.
    -वासः 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a pleasant dwelling.
    -3 an agreeable perfume or odo- ur.
    -वासकः a water-melon.
    -वासरा cress.
    -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house.
    -2 a married woman whose husband is alive.
    -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (
    -न्तः) a hero. (
    -न्तम्) heroism.
    -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure.
    -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise.
    -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman.
    -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments.
    -2 a king.
    -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute.
    -विदत् m. a king
    -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family.
    -2 wealth.
    -3 grace, favour.
    -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apart- ments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (
    -ल्लम्) the wo- men's apartments, harem.
    -विदल्ला a married woman.
    -विध a. of a good kind.
    -विधम् ind. easily.
    -विधिः a good rule, ordinance.
    -विनीत a.
    1 well trained, modest.
    -2 well executed. (
    -ता) a tractable cow.
    -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated.
    -विभक्त a. well pro- portioned, symmetrical.
    -विरूढ a.
    1 fully grown up or developed.
    -2 well ridden.
    -विविक्त a.
    1 solitary (as a wood).
    -2 well decided (as a question).
    -विहित a.
    1 well-placed, well-deposited.
    -2 well-furnished, well- supplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1.
    -3 well done or performed.
    -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16.
    -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy. (
    -जम्) good seed.
    -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium.
    -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38.
    -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel.
    -वीर्य a.
    1 having great vigour.
    -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous.
    (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism
    -2 abundance of heroes.
    -3 the fruit of the jujube. (
    -र्या) wild cotton.
    -वृक्तिः f.
    1 a pure offering.
    -2 a hymn of praise.
    -वृत्त a.
    1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77.
    -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (
    -त्तम्) a good or virtuous conduct; भर्तुश्चिन्तानुवर्तित्वं सुवृत्तं चानुजीविनाम् Pt.1.69. (
    -त्ता) a sort of grape.
    -वेल a.
    1 tranquil, still.
    -2 humble, quiet. (
    -लः) N. of the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -व्रत a. strict in the observance of religious vows, strictly virtuous or religious. (
    -तः) a religious student.
    (-ता) 1 a virtuous wife.
    -2 a tractable cow, one easily milked.
    -शंस a. well spoken of, famous, glorious, commendable.
    -शक a. capable of being easily done.
    -शर्मन् (m., f.) a person desiring intercourse (Uṇ.4. 165].
    -शल्यः the Khadira tree.
    -शाकम् undried ginger.
    -शारदः N. of Śiva.
    -शासित a. kept under control, well-controlled.
    -शिक्षित a. well-taught, trained, well- disciplined.
    -शिखः fire.
    (-खा) 1 a peacock's crest.
    -2 a cock's comb.
    -शीतम् yellow sandal-wood.
    -शीम a. cold, frigid. (
    -मः) coldness
    -शील a. good-tempered, amiable.
    (-ला) 1 N. of the wife of Yama.
    -2 N. of one of the eight favourite wives of Kriṣṇa.
    -शेव a. full of happiness; pleasant to be resorted; एष पन्था उरुगायः मुशेवः Ait. Br.7.13.11.
    -शोण a. dark-red.
    -श्रीका the gum olibanum tree.
    -श्रुत a.
    1 well heard.
    -2 versed in the Vedas.
    -3 gladly heard (also an ex- clamation at a श्राद्ध); पित्रे स्वदितमित्येव वाच्यं गोष्ठे तु सुश्रुतम् Ms.3.254. (
    -तः) N. of the author of a system of medicine, whose work, together with that of Charaka, is regardad as the oldest medical authority, and held in great esteem in India even to this day.
    -श्लिष्ट a.
    1 well-arranged or united.
    -2 well-fitted; Māl.1.
    -श्लेषः close union or embrace.
    -श्लोक्य a. very famous; तेजीयसामपि ह्येतन्न सुश्लोक्यं जगद्गुरो Bhāg.3.12.31.
    -संवीत a.
    1 well-girt; स ददर्श ततः श्रीमान् सुग्रीवं हेमपिङ्गलम् । सुसंवीतम्... Rām.4.16.15.
    -2 well dressed.
    -संवृतिः good concealment. a. well-concealed; परितप्तो$प्यपरः सुसंवृतिः Śi.16.23.
    -संस्कृत a.
    1 well cooked or prepared.
    -2 kept in good order; सुसंस्कृतोपस्करया व्यये चामुक्तहस्तया Ms.5.15.
    -संगृहीत a.
    1 well controlled or governed; सुसंगृहीतराष्ट्रो हि पार्थिवः सुखमेधते Ms.7.113.
    -2 well received.
    -3 well kept.
    -4 well abridged.
    -संध a. true to a promise.
    -संनत a. well-directed (as an arrow).
    -सत्या N. of the wife of Janaka.
    -सदृश् a. agreeable to look at.
    -समाहित a.
    1 well arranged, beautifully adorned; very beautiful; ऋतुकालं प्रतीक्षन्ते नार्थिनः सुसमाहिते । संगमं त्वहमिच्छामि त्वया सह सुमध्यमे ॥ Rām.1.48.18.
    -2 completely loaded; तद्यथानः सुसमा- हितमुत्सर्जद्यायात् Bṛi. Up.4.3.35.
    -3 Very intent, attentive.
    -समीहित a. much desired.
    - सरण N. of Śiva.
    -सह a.
    1 easy to be borne.
    -2 bearing or enduring well. (
    -हः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -सहाय a. having a good companion; प्रणेतुं शक्यते दण्डः सुसहायेन धीमता Ms.7.31.
    -साधित a. well trained or educated.
    -सार a. having good sap or essence.
    (-रः) 1 good sap, essence, or substance.
    -2 competence.
    -3 the red-flowering Kha- dira tree.
    -सारवत् n. crystal.
    -सिकता 1 good sand.
    -2 gravel.
    -3 sugar.
    -सुरप्रिया jasmine.
    -सेव्य a. to be well or easily followed (as a road).
    -सौभगम् con- jugal felicity.
    -स्थ a.
    1 well-suited, being in a good sense.
    -2 in health, healthy, faring well.
    -3 in good or prosperous circumstances, prosperous.
    -4 happy, fortunate. (
    -स्थम्) a happy state, well-being; प्रह्लाद सुस्थरूपोसि पश्यन् व्यसनमात्मनः Mb.12.222.12; सुस्थे को वा न पण्डितः H.3.114.
    -स्थित a. in the same sense as सुस्थ. (
    -तम्) a house with a gallery on all sides.
    -स्थितिः (also सुस्थता) f.
    1 good condition, well-being, welfare, happiness.
    -2 health, convalescence.
    -स्थिर a.
    1 stable.
    -2 resolute, cool.
    -स्नातः 1 one who bathes at the end of a sacrifice; L. D. B.
    -2 well purified by bathing.
    -स्मित a. pleasantly smiling. (
    -ता) a woman with a pleased or smiling countenance.
    -स्वपनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वर a.
    1 melodious, harmonious.
    -2 loud. ˚यन्त्रकम् a kind of musical instrument; युता सुस्वरयन्त्रकैः Śukra.1.247.
    -हित a.
    1 very fit or suitable, appro- priate.
    -2 beneficial, salutary.
    -3 friendly, affection- ate.
    -4 satisfied; सहस्रनेत्रः सुहितत्वमाप न Rām. ch.2.64. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -हृद् a. having a kind heart, cordial, friendly, loving, affectionate; सुहृदः सुहृदो$न्यांश्च दुर्हृदश्चापि दुर्हृदः । सम्यक्प्रवृत्तान् पुरुषान्नसम्यगनुपश्यतः ॥ Mb.3.28.36. (-m.)
    1 a friend; सुहृदः पश्य वसन्त किं स्थितम् Ku.4.27; मन्दायन्ते न खलु सुहृदामभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4.
    -2 an ally. ˚भेदः
    1 the separation of friends.
    -2 N. of the 2nd book of the हितोपदेश; मित्रलाभः सुहृद्भेदो विग्रहः संधिरेव च । पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते ॥ H. Pr.9. ˚वाक्यम् the counsel of a friend.
    -हृदः a friend.
    -हृदय a.
    1 good-hearted.
    -2 dear, affectionate, loving.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > सु _su

  • 16 Edison, Thomas Alva

    [br]
    b. 11 February 1847 Milan, Ohio, USA
    d. 18 October 1931 Glenmont
    [br]
    American inventor and pioneer electrical developer.
    [br]
    He was the son of Samuel Edison, who was in the timber business. His schooling was delayed due to scarlet fever until 1855, when he was 8½ years old, but he was an avid reader. By the age of 14 he had a job as a newsboy on the railway from Port Huron to Detroit, a distance of sixty-three miles (101 km). He worked a fourteen-hour day with a stopover of five hours, which he spent in the Detroit Free Library. He also sold sweets on the train and, later, fruit and vegetables, and was soon making a profit of $20 a week. He then started two stores in Port Huron and used a spare freight car as a laboratory. He added a hand-printing press to produce 400 copies weekly of The Grand Trunk Herald, most of which he compiled and edited himself. He set himself to learn telegraphy from the station agent at Mount Clements, whose son he had saved from being run over by a freight car.
    At the age of 16 he became a telegraphist at Port Huron. In 1863 he became railway telegraphist at the busy Stratford Junction of the Grand Trunk Railroad, arranging a clock with a notched wheel to give the hourly signal which was to prove that he was awake and at his post! He left hurriedly after failing to hold a train which was nearly involved in a head-on collision. He usually worked the night shift, allowing himself time for experiments during the day. His first invention was an arrangement of two Morse registers so that a high-speed input could be decoded at a slower speed. Moving from place to place he held many positions as a telegraphist. In Boston he invented an automatic vote recorder for Congress and patented it, but the idea was rejected. This was the first of a total of 1180 patents that he was to take out during his lifetime. After six years he resigned from the Western Union Company to devote all his time to invention, his next idea being an improved ticker-tape machine for stockbrokers. He developed a duplex telegraphy system, but this was turned down by the Western Union Company. He then moved to New York.
    Edison found accommodation in the battery room of Law's Gold Reporting Company, sleeping in the cellar, and there his repair of a broken transmitter marked him as someone of special talents. His superior soon resigned, and he was promoted with a salary of $300 a month. Western Union paid him $40,000 for the sole rights on future improvements on the duplex telegraph, and he moved to Ward Street, Newark, New Jersey, where he employed a gathering of specialist engineers. Within a year, he married one of his employees, Mary Stilwell, when she was only 16: a daughter, Marion, was born in 1872, and two sons, Thomas and William, in 1876 and 1879, respectively.
    He continued to work on the automatic telegraph, a device to send out messages faster than they could be tapped out by hand: that is, over fifty words per minute or so. An earlier machine by Alexander Bain worked at up to 400 words per minute, but was not good over long distances. Edison agreed to work on improving this feature of Bain's machine for the Automatic Telegraph Company (ATC) for $40,000. He improved it to a working speed of 500 words per minute and ran a test between Washington and New York. Hoping to sell their equipment to the Post Office in Britain, ATC sent Edison to England in 1873 to negotiate. A 500-word message was to be sent from Liverpool to London every half-hour for six hours, followed by tests on 2,200 miles (3,540 km) of cable at Greenwich. Only confused results were obtained due to induction in the cable, which lay coiled in a water tank. Edison returned to New York, where he worked on his quadruplex telegraph system, tests of which proved a success between New York and Albany in December 1874. Unfortunately, simultaneous negotiation with Western Union and ATC resulted in a lawsuit.
    Alexander Graham Bell was granted a patent for a telephone in March 1876 while Edison was still working on the same idea. His improvements allowed the device to operate over a distance of hundreds of miles instead of only a few miles. Tests were carried out over the 106 miles (170 km) between New York and Philadelphia. Edison applied for a patent on the carbon-button transmitter in April 1877, Western Union agreeing to pay him $6,000 a year for the seventeen-year duration of the patent. In these years he was also working on the development of the electric lamp and on a duplicating machine which would make up to 3,000 copies from a stencil. In 1876–7 he moved from Newark to Menlo Park, twenty-four miles (39 km) from New York on the Pennsylvania Railway, near Elizabeth. He had bought a house there around which he built the premises that would become his "inventions factory". It was there that he began the use of his 200- page pocket notebooks, each of which lasted him about two weeks, so prolific were his ideas. When he died he left 3,400 of them filled with notes and sketches.
    Late in 1877 he applied for a patent for a phonograph which was granted on 19 February 1878, and by the end of the year he had formed a company to manufacture this totally new product. At the time, Edison saw the device primarily as a business aid rather than for entertainment, rather as a dictating machine. In August 1878 he was granted a British patent. In July 1878 he tried to measure the heat from the solar corona at a solar eclipse viewed from Rawlins, Wyoming, but his "tasimeter" was too sensitive.
    Probably his greatest achievement was "The Subdivision of the Electric Light" or the "glow bulb". He tried many materials for the filament before settling on carbon. He gave a demonstration of electric light by lighting up Menlo Park and inviting the public. Edison was, of course, faced with the problem of inventing and producing all the ancillaries which go to make up the electrical system of generation and distribution-meters, fuses, insulation, switches, cabling—even generators had to be designed and built; everything was new. He started a number of manufacturing companies to produce the various components needed.
    In 1881 he built the world's largest generator, which weighed 27 tons, to light 1,200 lamps at the Paris Exhibition. It was later moved to England to be used in the world's first central power station with steam engine drive at Holborn Viaduct, London. In September 1882 he started up his Pearl Street Generating Station in New York, which led to a worldwide increase in the application of electric power, particularly for lighting. At the same time as these developments, he built a 1,300yd (1,190m) electric railway at Menlo Park.
    On 9 August 1884 his wife died of typhoid. Using his telegraphic skills, he proposed to 19-year-old Mina Miller in Morse code while in the company of others on a train. He married her in February 1885 before buying a new house and estate at West Orange, New Jersey, building a new laboratory not far away in the Orange Valley.
    Edison used direct current which was limited to around 250 volts. Alternating current was largely developed by George Westinghouse and Nicola Tesla, using transformers to step up the current to a higher voltage for long-distance transmission. The use of AC gradually overtook the Edison DC system.
    In autumn 1888 he patented a form of cinephotography, the kinetoscope, obtaining film-stock from George Eastman. In 1893 he set up the first film studio, which was pivoted so as to catch the sun, with a hinged roof which could be raised. In 1894 kinetoscope parlours with "peep shows" were starting up in cities all over America. Competition came from the Latham Brothers with a screen-projection machine, which Edison answered with his "Vitascope", shown in New York in 1896. This showed pictures with accompanying sound, but there was some difficulty with synchronization. Edison also experimented with captions at this early date.
    In 1880 he filed a patent for a magnetic ore separator, the first of nearly sixty. He bought up deposits of low-grade iron ore which had been developed in the north of New Jersey. The process was a commercial success until the discovery of iron-rich ore in Minnesota rendered it uneconomic and uncompetitive. In 1898 cement rock was discovered in New Village, west of West Orange. Edison bought the land and started cement manufacture, using kilns twice the normal length and using half as much fuel to heat them as the normal type of kiln. In 1893 he met Henry Ford, who was building his second car, at an Edison convention. This started him on the development of a battery for an electric car on which he made over 9,000 experiments. In 1903 he sold his patent for wireless telegraphy "for a song" to Guglielmo Marconi.
    In 1910 Edison designed a prefabricated concrete house. In December 1914 fire destroyed three-quarters of the West Orange plant, but it was at once rebuilt, and with the threat of war Edison started to set up his own plants for making all the chemicals that he had previously been buying from Europe, such as carbolic acid, phenol, benzol, aniline dyes, etc. He was appointed President of the Navy Consulting Board, for whom, he said, he made some forty-five inventions, "but they were pigeonholed, every one of them". Thus did Edison find that the Navy did not take kindly to civilian interference.
    In 1927 he started the Edison Botanic Research Company, founded with similar investment from Ford and Firestone with the object of finding a substitute for overseas-produced rubber. In the first year he tested no fewer than 3,327 possible plants, in the second year, over 1,400, eventually developing a variety of Golden Rod which grew to 14 ft (4.3 m) in height. However, all this effort and money was wasted, due to the discovery of synthetic rubber.
    In October 1929 he was present at Henry Ford's opening of his Dearborn Museum to celebrate the fiftieth anniversary of the incandescent lamp, including a replica of the Menlo Park laboratory. He was awarded the Congressional Gold Medal and was elected to the American Academy of Sciences. He died in 1931 at his home, Glenmont; throughout the USA, lights were dimmed temporarily on the day of his funeral.
    [br]
    Principal Honours and Distinctions
    Member of the American Academy of Sciences. Congressional Gold Medal.
    Further Reading
    M.Josephson, 1951, Edison, Eyre \& Spottiswode.
    R.W.Clark, 1977, Edison, the Man who Made the Future, Macdonald \& Jane.
    IMcN

    Biographical history of technology > Edison, Thomas Alva

  • 17 पूर्व _pūrva

    पूर्व a. (Declined like a pronoun when it implies relative position in time or space, but optionally so in nom. pl.; and abl. and loc. sing.)
    1 Being in front of, first, foremost.
    -2 Eastern, easterly, to the east of; ग्रामात् पर्वतः पूर्वः Sk.; पूर्वापरौ तोयनिधी वगाह्य Ku.1.1.
    -3 Previous to, earlier than; ब्राह्मणे साहसः पूर्वः Ms.8.276.
    -4 Old, ancient; पूर्वसूरिभिः R.1.4; इदं कविभ्यः पूर्वेभ्यो नमोवाकं प्रशास्महे U.1.1.
    -5 Former, previous, anterior, prior, antecedent (opp. उत्तर); in this sense often at the end of comp. and translated by 'formerly.' or 'before'; श्रुतपूर्व &c.; व्यतीता या निशा पूर्वा पौराणां हर्षवर्धिनी Rām.7.37.1.
    -6 Aforesaid, before-mentioned.
    -7 Initial.
    -8 Established, customary, of long standing
    -9 Early, prime, पूर्वे वयसि Pt.1.165 'in early age or prime of life.
    -1 Elder (ज्येष्ठ); रामः पूर्वो हि नो भ्राता भविष्यति महीपतिः Rām.2.79.8.
    -11 (At the end of comp.) Preceded by, accompanied by, attended with; संबन्धमा भाषणपूर्वमाहुः R.2.58; पुण्यः शब्दो मुनिरिति मुहुः केवलं राजपूर्वः Ś2.17; तान् स्मितपूर्वमाह Ku.7.47; बहुमानपूर्वया 5.31; दशपूर्वरथं यमाख्यया दशकण्ठारिगुरुं विदुर्बुधाः R.8.29; so मतिपूर्वम् Ms.11.147 'intentionally', 'knowingly'; 12.89; अबोधपूर्वम् 'unconsciously', Ś.5.2. &c.
    -र्वः An ancestor, a forefather; पूर्वैः किलायं परिवर्धितो नः R.13.3; पयः पूर्वैः सनिश्वासैः कवोष्णमुपभुज्यते 1.67;5.14; अनुकारिणि पूर्वेषां युक्तरूपमिदं त्वयि Ś.2.17.
    -र्वम् The fore- part; अनवरतधनुर्ज्यास्फालनक्रूरपूर्वम् (गात्रम्) Ś.2.4.
    -र्वा 1 The east
    -2 N. of a country to the east of Madhya- deśa.
    -र्वम् ind.
    1 Before (with abl.); मासात् पूर्वम्.
    -2 Formerly, previously, at first, antecedently, before- hand; तं पूर्वमभिवादयेत् Ms.2.117;3.94;8.25;; R. 12.35; प्रणिपातपूर्वम् K; भूतपूर्वखरालयम् U.2.17 'which formerly was the abode', &c.; समयपूर्वम् Ś.5. 'after a formal agreement.'
    -3 Immemorially. (पूर्वेण 'in front', 'before', 'to the east of', with gen. or acc.; अद्य पूर्वम् 'till-now', 'hitherto';
    पूर्वः -ततः -पश्चात् -उपरि 'first- then, first-afterwards', 'previously, subsequently',
    पूर्वम् -अधुना or
    -अद्य 'formerly-now.'
    -Comp. -अग्निः the sacred fire kept in the house (आवसथ्य).
    -अङ्गः the first day in the civil month.
    -अचलः, -अद्रिः the eastern mountain behind which the sun and moon are supposed to rise.
    -अधिकारिन् m. the first occu- pant, a prior owner.
    -अन्तः the end of a preceding word.
    1 eastern and western; कतमो$यं पूर्वापर- समुद्रावगाढः सानुमानालोक्यते Ś.7; पूर्वापरौ तोयनिधी वगाह्य Ku. 1.1.
    -2 first and last.
    -3 prior and subsequent, pre- ceding and following.
    -4 connected with another.
    (-रम्) 1 what is before and behind.
    -2 connection; न च पूर्वापरं विद्यात् Ms.8.56.
    -3 the proof and the thing to be proved. ˚विरोधः inconsistency, incongruity.
    -अभि- मुख a. turned towards or facing the east.
    -अभ्यासः former practice or experience.
    -अम्बुधिः the eastern ocean.
    -अर्जित a. attained by former works. (
    -तम्) ancestral property.
    -अर्धः, -र्धम् 1 the first half; दिनस्य पूर्वार्धपरार्धभिन्ना छायेव मैत्री खलसज्जनानाम् Bh.2.6; समाप्तं पूर्वार्धम् &c.
    -2 the upper part (of the body); शकुन्तला पूर्वार्धेन शयनादुत्थाय Ś.3; R.16.6.
    -3 the first half of a hemistich.
    -अवसायिन् a. what occurs first or earlier; पूर्वावसायिनश्च बलीयांसो जघन्यावसायिभ्यः ŚB. on MS.12.2.34.
    -अह्णः the earlier part of the day, forenoon; Ms.4. 96,152. श्वः कार्यमद्य कुर्वीत पूर्वाह्णे चापराह्णिकम् (पूर्वाह्णतन, पूर्वा- ह्णिकः, पूर्वाह्णेतन a. relating to the forenoon).
    -आवेदकः a plaintiff.
    -आषाढा N. of the 2th lunar mansion con- sisting of two stars.
    - इतर a. western.
    -उक्त, -उदित a. beforementioned, aforesaid,
    -उत्तर a. north-eastern. (
    -रा) the north-east. (
    -रे dual) the preceding and following, antecedent and subsequent.
    -कर्मन् n.
    1 a former act or work.
    -2 the first thing to be done, a prior work.
    -3 actions done in a former life.
    -4 preparations, preliminary arrangements.
    -कल्पः former times.
    -कायः 1 the fore-part of the body of animals; पश्चार्धेन प्रविष्टः शरपतनभयाद् भूयसा पूर्वकायम् Ś.1.7.
    -2 the upper part of the body of men; स्पृशन् करेणानतपूर्वकायम् R.5.32; पर्यङ्कबन्धस्थिरपूर्वकायम् Ku.3.45.
    -काल a. belonging to ancient times. (
    -लः) former or ancient times.
    -कालिक, -कालीन a. ancient.
    -काष्ठा the east, eastern quarter.
    -कृत a. previously done. (
    -तम्) an act done in a former life.
    -कोटिः f. the starting point of a debate, the first statement or पूर्वपक्ष q. v.
    -क्रिया preparation.
    -गा N. of the river Godāvarī.
    -गङ्गा N. of the river Narmadā; रेवेन्दुजा पूर्वगङ्गा नर्मदा मेकलीद्रिजा Abh. Chin.183.
    -चोदित a.
    1 aforesaid, above-men- tioned.
    -2 previously stated or advanced (as an objec- tion.
    - a.
    1 born or produced before or formerly, first-produced, first-born; यमयोः पूर्वजः पार्थः Mb.3.141. 11.
    -2 ancient, old.
    -3 eastern.
    (-जः) 1 an elder brother; अपहाय महीशमार्चिचत् सदसि त्वां ननु भामपूर्वजः; Śi. 16.44; R.15.36.
    -2 the son of the elder wife.
    -3 an ancestor, a forefather; स पूर्वजानां कपिलेन रोषात् R.16.34.
    -4 (pl.) the progenitors of mankind.
    -5 the manes living in the world of the moon. (
    -जा) an elder sister.
    -जन्मन् n. a former birth. (-m.) an elder brother; स लक्ष्मणं लक्ष्मणपूर्वजन्मा (विलोक्य) R.14.44.;15.95.
    -जातिः f. a former birth.
    -ज्ञानम् knowledge of a former life.
    -तापनीयम् N. of the first half of नृसिंहतापनीयोपनिषद्.
    -दक्षिण a. south-eastern. (
    -णा) the south-east.
    -दिक्पतिः Indra, the regent of the east.
    -दिनम् the forenoon.
    -दिश् f. the east.
    -दिश्य a. situated towards the east, eastern.
    -दिष्टम् the award of destiny.
    -दृष्ट a.
    1 primæval.
    -2 declared by the ancients; यथा ब्राह्मण- चाण्डालः पूर्वदृष्टस्तथैव सः Ms.9.87.
    -देवः 1 an ancient deity.
    -2 a demon or Asura; भूमिदेवनरदेवसंगमे पूर्वदेवरिपुरर्हणां हरिः Śi.14.58.
    -3 a progenitor (पितृ).
    -4 (du.) an epithet of Nara-Nārāyaṇa; सव्यसाचिन् महाबाहो पूर्वदेव सनातन Mb.3. 41.35. (com. पूर्वदेव नरनारायणसख).
    -देवता a progenitor (पितृ) of gods or of men; अक्रोधनाः शौचपराः सततं ब्रह्म- चारिणः । न्यस्तशस्त्रा महाभागाः पितरः पूर्वदेवताः ॥ Ms.3.192.
    -देशः the eastern country, or the eastern part of India.
    -द्वार a. favourable in the eastern region.
    -निपातः the irregular priority of a word in a compound; cf. परनिपात.
    -निमित्त an omen.
    -निविष्ट a. made formerly, in past; यस्तु पूर्वनिविष्टस्य तडागस्योदकं हरेत् Ms.9.281.
    -पक्षः 1 the fore-part or side.
    -2 the first half of a lunar month; सर्वं पूर्वपक्षापरपक्षाभ्यामभिपन्नम् Bṛi. Up.3.1.5.
    -3 the first part of an argument, the prima facie argument or view of a question; विषयो विशयश्चैव पूर्वपक्षस्तथोत्तरम्.
    -4 the first objection to an argument.
    -5 the statement of the plaintiff.
    -6 a suit at law.
    -7 an assertion, a proposi- tion. ˚पादः the plaint, the first stage of a legal proceeding.
    -पदम् the first member of a compound or sentence.
    -पर्वतः the eastern mountain behind which the sun is supposed to rise.
    -पश्चात्, -पश्चिम ind. from the east to the west.
    -पाञ्चालक a. belonging to the eastern Pañch- ālas.
    -पाणिनीयाः m. (pl.) the disciples of Pāṇini living in the east.
    -पालिन् m. an epithet of Indra.
    -पितामहः a forefather, an ancestor; अब्रवीद् हि स मां क्रुद्धस्तव पूर्वपितामहः । मूत्रश्लेष्माशनः पाप निरयं प्रतिपत्स्यसे ॥ Mb.12.3.21.
    -पीठिका introduction.
    -पुरुषः 1 an epithet of Brahmā.
    -2 anyone of the first three ancestors, beginning with the father (पितृ, पितामह, and प्रपितामह); Pt.1.89.
    -3 an ancestor in general.
    -पूर्व a. each preceding one. (
    -र्वाः) m. (pl.) forefathers.
    -प्रोष्ठपदा = पूर्वभाद्रपदा; Mb.13.89.13.
    -फल्गुनी the eleventh lunar mansion containing two stars. ˚भवः an epithet of the planet Jupiter.
    -बन्धुः first or best friend; Mk.
    -भवः a former life.
    -भागः 1 the forepart.
    -2 the upper part.
    -भा(भ)द्रपदा the twentyfifth lunar mansion containing two stars.
    -भावः 1 priority.
    -2 prior or antecedent existence; येन सहैव यस्य यं प्रति पूर्वभावो$वगम्यते Tarka K.
    -3 (Rhet.) disclosing an intention.
    -भाषिन् a. willing to speak first; hence polite, courteous.
    -भुक्तिः f. prior occupation or possession; Ms.8.252.
    -भूत a. preceding, previous.
    -मध्याह्नः the forenoon.
    -मारिन् a. dying before; एवंवृत्तां सवर्णां स्त्रीं द्विजातिः पूर्वमारिणीम् (दाहयेत्) Ms.5.167.
    -मीमांसा 'the prior or first Mīmāṁsā', an inquiry into the first or ritual portion of the Veda, as opposed to the उत्तरमीमांसा or वेदान्त; see मीमांसा.
    -मुख a. having the face turned towards the east.
    -याम्य a. south-eastern.
    -रङ्गः the commencement or prelude of a drama, the prologue; यन्नाठ्यवस्तुनः पूर्वं रङ्गविघ्नोपशान्तये । कुशीलवाः प्रकुर्वन्ति पूर्वरङ्गः स उच्यते ॥ D. R; पूर्वरङ्गं विधायैव सूत्रधारो निवर्तते S. D.283; पूर्वरङ्गः प्रसंगाय नाटकीयस्य वस्तुनः Śi.2.8. (see Malli. there- on).
    -रागः the dawning or incipient love, love between two persons which springs (from some previous cause) before their meeting; श्रवणाद् दर्शनाद् वापि मिथः संरूढरागयोः । दशाविशेषोयो$प्राप्तौ पूर्वरागः स उच्यते ॥ S. D.214.
    -रात्रः the first part of the night (from dusk to midnight).
    -रूपम् 1 indication of an approaching change; an omen.
    -2 a symptom of occuring disease.
    -3 the first of two con- current vowels or consonants that is retained.
    -4 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech which consists in describing anything as suddenly resuming its former state.
    -लक्षणम् a symptom of coming sickness.
    -वयस् a. young. (-n.) youth.
    -वर्तिन् a. existing before, prior, previous.
    -वाक्यम् (in dram.) an allusion to former utterance.
    -वादः the first plea or commencement of an action at law; पूर्ववादं परित्यज्य यो$न्यमालम्बते पुनः । पदसंक्रमणाद् ज्ञेयो हीनवादी स वै नरः ॥ Mitā.
    -वादिन् m. the complainant or plaintiff.
    -विद् a. knowing the events of the past; historian; पृथोरपीमां पृथिवीं भार्यां पूर्वविदो विदुः Ms.9.44.
    -विप्रतिषेधः the conflict of two statements contrary to each other.
    -विहित a. deposited before.
    -वृत्तम् 1 a former event; पूर्ववृत्तकथितैः पुराविदः सानुजः पितृ- सखस्य राघवः (अह्यमानः) R.11.1.
    -2 previous conduct.
    -वैरिन् a. one who first commences hostilities, an ag- gressor.
    -शारद a. relating to the first half of autumn.
    -शैलः see पूर्वपर्वत.
    -सक्थम् the upper part of the thigh. P. V.4.98.
    -संचित a. gathered before (as in former birth); त्यजेदाश्वयुजे मासि मुन्यन्नं पूर्वसंचितम् Ms.6.15.
    -सन्ध्या daybreak, dawn; रजनिमचिरजाता पूर्वसंध्या सुतैव (अनुपतति) Si.11.4.
    -सर a. going in front.
    -सागरः the eastern ocean; स सेनां महतीं कर्षन् पूर्वसागरगामिनीम् R.4.32.
    -साहसः the first of the three fines; स दाप्यः पूर्वसाहसम् Ms.9.281.
    -स्थितिः f. former or first state.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > पूर्व _pūrva

  • 18 FYRIR

    * * *
    prep.
    I. with dat.
    1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);
    fyrir dyrum, before the door;
    2) before one, in one’s presence;
    hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;
    3) for;
    hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;
    4) before one, in one’s way;
    fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;
    sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;
    5) naut. term. before, off;
    liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;
    fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;
    6) before, at the head of, over;
    vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;
    vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;
    sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;
    7) of time, ago;
    fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;
    fyrir stundu, a while ago;
    fyrir löngu, long ago;
    vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);
    8) before, above, superior to;
    Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;
    9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;
    þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;
    tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;
    10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;
    mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;
    varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;
    Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;
    11) because of, for;
    hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;
    fyrir hræðslu, for fear;
    illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;
    gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;
    fyrir því at, because, since, as;
    12) against;
    gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;
    beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;
    13) fyrir sér, of oneself;
    mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;
    minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;
    14) denoting manner or quality, with;
    hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;
    II. with acc.
    1) before, in front of;
    halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;
    2) before, into the presence of;
    stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;
    3) over;
    hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;
    kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;
    4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;
    ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;
    5) round, off;
    sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;
    6) along, all along;
    fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;
    draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;
    7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;
    fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;
    8) for, on behalf of;
    vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;
    lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;
    9) for, for the benefit of;
    þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);
    10) for, instead of, in place of, as;
    11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);
    fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);
    fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;
    12) denoting value, price;
    fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;
    fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;
    13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);
    14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);
    fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;
    fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;
    fyrir handan á, beyond the river;
    fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;
    III. as adverb or ellipt.
    1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;
    þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;
    2) first;
    mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;
    3) at hand, present, to the fore;
    föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;
    þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);
    4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;
    Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;
    e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).
    * * *
    prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either  (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]
    WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.
    2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.
    3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.
    II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.
    2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).
    3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.
    4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.
    III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.
    IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.
    V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.
    B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.
    2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.
    II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).
    2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.
    III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.
    2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.
    IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.
    V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.
    2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.
    β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.
    VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.
    VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.
    2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.
    VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).
    β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.
    IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.
    X. as adverb or ellipt.,
    1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.
    β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.
    2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.
    3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.
    XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.
    XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.
    WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.
    2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.
    3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.
    4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).
    II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.
    III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.
    2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.
    IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.
    B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.
    II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.
    III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.
    IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.
    V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.
    VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.
    2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.
    2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.
    VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.
    IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.
    X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.
    2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.
    XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.
    ☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:
    I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.
    β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.
    2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.
    II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:
    1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.
    2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FYRIR

  • 19 VERA

    * * *
    I)
    (er; var, várum or vórum; verit), v.
    1) to be, exist; þeir menn vóru, er, there were men who;
    2) to be, happen; þat var, at hón fór brott, so it was that she went away; en er váraði, var þar búskortr, there was scarcity in the household; hvat er henni, what is the matter with her! þat var einn dag, at, it happened one day that; kann (má) v., at, it is possible, it may be that;
    3) to last; meðan þingit væri, while the Thing lasted;
    4) láta e-n v., to leave one alone (lát mik v. ok ger mér ekki illt); bað hann láta v., begged him to leave it undone, not to do it;
    5) to dwell, stay; hann bað hana vera í búð sinni, he asked her to stay in his booth; hann var á Höskuldsstöðum um nótt, he passed a night at H.;
    6) with infin., hlymr var at heyra, a clattering was to be heard; þar var at sjá, there was to be seen; v. at gera e-t, to be doing a thing; kvað hann v. at telja silfr, said he was counting the money; denoting necessity, a thing about to happen, or to be done; nú er þeim út at ganga öllum, er leyft er, now all those must go out to whom leave is given; er nú eigi Kára at varast, now there is no need to beware of K.; nú er þar til máls at taka, at, now it is to be told that; nú er at segja frá Skamkatli, now we must tell of S.;
    7) with a predicate (noun, a., or adv.); v. konungr, Jarl, biskup, to be king, earl, bishop; v. glaðr, sæll, hryggr, ungr, gamall, to be glad, happy, sad, young, old; v. vel, illa til e-s, to be well, ill-disposed towards one; þat er illa, it is sad; vera spakliga í heraði, to behave gently; orð kvað þá Vingi þats án veri, words which he had better not have said;
    8) impers., e-m er varmt, heitt, kalt, one is warm, cold;
    9) with past participles in passive sense; v. kallaðr, sagðr, tekinn, to be called, said, taken;
    10) with preps., v. af e-u, to be off, out of (v. af klæðum); v. at e-u, to be busy at; verkmenn váru at arningu, they were ploughing; to be present (þar varstu at); ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers; v. eptir, to be left, remain (A. kvazt vilja v. eptir ok hvílast); v. fyrir, to lead ( see fyrir); v. til, to exist; v. um, undir, see um, undir.
    f.
    1) stay, sojourn; ef hann á sér í vá veru, if he has a corner to stay in;
    2) comfort (slíkt er válaðs v.).
    * * *
    older form vesa, the verb substantive; pres. em, ert, er, pl. erum, eruð, eru: pret. var, vart (mod. varst), var, pl. váru or vóru; a obsolete óru occurs, Sæm. (once), Orkn. 426. l. 11, Nj. 81, Thom. 28, 90, 102, 116, 150, 196, Ísl. ii. 482: pres. subj. sé, sér (Vþm. 4, 7), sé; the older form is sjá, en ek sjá, Clem. 138. l. 14; at ek sjá, … ok sé mér eigi reiðr, 145, Fms. viii. 299, x. 384, xi. 124, Eg. 127; for the forms sják, sjákk, see below: the mod. forms are sé, sért, sér (eg sé, þú sért; s ert and ert make a rhyme in Pass. 34. 5): imperat. ver, vertú; see Gramm. p. xxiii: there also occurs a subj. pres. verir, veri, Sdm. 22, Ls. 54; þatz án veri, Am. 36; skósmiðr þú verir, Hm. 126, but rarely.
    A. CHANGES AND FORMS.—Vera is an anomalous verb, which has undergone several changes:
    I. by changing s to r; of the older form there occur, the infin. vesa, pres. es, pret. vas, vast (vastu), vas; pres. subj. vesi; imperat. ves, MS. 623. 25. l. 14, 645. 6l. l. 33, 677. 40. l. 38; vestu, 623. 25, Post. (Unger) 129. l. 27, 229. l. 12; vesum, Hom. (Arna-Magn. 237) p. 214. l. 8; pres. indic. 2nd pers. est, Glúm. 372; 3rd pers. es: but no traces remain of the older form in pret. plur. indic. and subj. (váru væri, never vásu væsi). Rhymes in poets and the spelling of the oldest extant poems shew that the s form alone existed in Icel. down to about the end of the 12th century, the time of Snorri Sturluson, when the modern forms crept in probably from Norway, for there the change seems to have taken place a century or so earlier; the old Norse vellums (written in Norway or by Norsemen) are distinguished from the Icel. by their constant use of the r: the phrase ‘at upp vesandi sólu’, in N. G. L. i. 4, being the only instance of the s form in all the Norse vellums. The earliest instances extant of a rhyme to the r form are, the Ht. of Rögnvald, earl of the Orkneys; he was a native of Norway, born about A. D. 1100, and the poem was composed about A. D. 1145; another instance is ‘vara, fara’ in Fms. vii. 185, in a poem about A. D. 1140, written by an Icelander who had lived in Norway the greater part of his life, the rhyme is therefore a Norwegianism. The first instance in an Icel. poem is in the Ht. of Snorri, A. D. 1222. Instances from poets, Hallfred, Sighvat, Arnórr, and coeval poets; vesa, vísi; sás með Sygna ræsi; þági vas sem þessum; vask til Róms í háska; vastu, kosta; vas fyrir Mikkjals- messu; nú es um verk þau er vísi; bráskat þat dægr háski: from A. D. 1100–1150, Geisli, Pd., etc., svás, ræsir; esat, risnu; vasa, tysvar; vestu. freistni; vestu, traustla: on the other hand, in the poem of earl Rögvald, vera, skera; gera, vera; var, skar (twice): from later Icel. poems it is sufficient to note, erðu, fyrðum; ertú, h jarta; verðú, f orðast, Leiðarv. etc. This may sometimes serve as a test, e. g. var ek nær viðr-eign þ eirra, Grett., and skap-kers saman vera, Gísl., are impossible in the mouth of poets of the early Saga time; the verses of both these Sagas are a later composition.
    2. as to the spelling of the MSS.,—the oldest (the Arna-Magn. 677, the Eluc. 674, the Íb. etc.) use the s throughout: vellums of the next period, about A. D. 1200 (e. g. Arna-Magn. 623 and 645), use the later form sparingly, even the second hand in the Reykholts máldagi gives ‘es,’ not ‘er.’ Again, in the vellums of the middle of the 13th century, such as the Cod. Reg. of the Sæm., the Grág., and the Mork., the mod. spelling has entirely got the better of the old, and an ‘es’ only creeps in, as if unawares, from an older copy. Of the poetical literature, the Pd. alone has been preserved in a copy old enough to retain the s; all the rest have the modernised spelling, even in the rhymed syllables quoted above; such too is the case with the Cod. Reg. of the Sæm. Edda; but had that vellum been but fifty or sixty years older, the forms vesa, es, vas, etc. would now be the established spelling in Editions of these poems.
    3. on Danish and Swedish Runic stones, the 3rd pers. pret. sing. is a word of frequent occurrence; the best Danish monuments have vas, e. g. ias vas farinn vestr, Thorsen 93 and 101 (on a stone of the reign of Sweyn, died A. D. 1014). In Sweden the great majority present the later form: the so-called Ingvar stones are chronologically certain, being of the middle of the 11th century (Ingvar died A. D. 1039); there we read, ‘vas’ (twice), ‘varinn’ (once), ‘var’ (thrice, being twice spelt with ᛦ, once with ᚱ): this shews that about this time in Sweden the later or more modern form had begun to be used, but that the old was still remembered.
    II. suffixed personal pronoun or suffixed negation; em’k (tautologically ek em’k = I-am-I), emk, Ad. 1, Vþm. 8, Fms. xi. 91; ek emk, Mork. 89. l. 13, 104. l. 23, Clem. 136. l. 20, 138. l. 13; vask, I was, 133. l. 25, Mork. 89. l. 16; vark, Post. 225, v. l. 15; ek vark, Ls. 35; vestu, be thou, Clem. 129. l. 27; es þú, art thou, l. 30, 130. l. 11; sjá’k ( may I be), ek sják, Mork. 134; at sják, 189. l. 29; ek sják, Hbl. 9, Hkv. 1. 20; at ek gjarn sják, Stor.; with double kk, þó at ek sjákk, Mork. 89.
    2. a medial form, erumk, erumz, or apocopated erum, Stor. 1, Ad. 16, Hkv. 1. 25, Korm. ch. 5. 2, Ls. 35, Bragi (see senna); leið erum-k fjöll, Edda (in a verse); várumk, were to me, Am. 78.
    3. suff. neg. eru-mk-a, it is not to me, Stor. 17, Eg. (in a verse); emkat-ek, am I not I, i. e. I am not, Hbl. 34, Skm. 18, Ó. H. 192 (in a verse): er-at, es-at, or er-a, es-a, is not, passim; eru-ð, are not, Skv. 1. 42; ert-attu, thou art not, Vtkv.; vart-attu, thou wast not, Gs., Eg. (in a verse); veri-a, be not, Mork. 37. l. 8.
    4. sá’s = sá es, that is, Hallfred (Fs. 95); svá’s = svá es, so is, Fms. vii. (in a verse).
    III. the plur. eru when suffixed to words ending in r drops the initial e, and is suffixed; this spelling, which agrees with mod. Icel. pronunciation, was afterwards disused; þeir-ro, they are, Gm. 34; margir-ro, many are, Hkv. 2. 11; Æsir-ro, the Ases are, Vsp. 49; skildir-ro, shields are, 44; torogætir-ro, rare are, Korm. (in a verse); hverjar-ro, which are, Vþm. 48; langir-ro, long are, Gg.; tveir-ro, þrír-ro, fjórir-ro, two, three, four are, Edda 108; báðir-ro, both are, Mork. 169; hér-ro, here are, 234; þér-ro, ye are, MS. 686 B. 1; hryggvir-ro, id.; hver-ro, who are, Mork. 96; úvar-ro, wroth are, Gm. 53; værrom, vérrom, we are, Edda i. 526, Fms. x. 421; hverrtu [cp. North. E. wh’art’ou, lad] (hverrtú karl, who art thou, carle?), Frissb. 256. l. 8; ir-rot, ye are, Ó. H. 151.
    IV. the pres. 1st pers. em [Engl. am] has changed into er (eg er, þú ert, hann er), making the 1st and 3rd pers. uniform; this new form appears in vellums about the end of the 13th century, but the word being usually abbreviated (ē = em, eͬ = er), it is often hard to distinguish. In the Icel. N. T. and in hymns the old ‘em’ still remains in solemn language, em eg, Matth. xxvii. 24; eigi em eg, John xviii. 17; eg em hann, 5, 8, xi. 25, xv. 1, 5, Matth. xiv. 27; em eg eigi postuli, em eg eigi frjáls, 1 Cor. ix. 1; em eg orðinn, 20, 22, and passim.
    B. USAGE.—To be:
    I. to be, exist; þær sakir skal fyrst dæma, ef þær eru, if such there are, Grág. (Kb.) i. 73; eigi vóru hans jafningjar, Eg. 1; Rachel grét sonu sína, … þvi at þeir eru eigi, Hom. 49; þeir menn vóru, er þess gátu, there were men who, Nj. 90.
    2. to be, happen; þat var, at hón for brott, Nj. 51; él eitt mun vera, 198; þess sem vera vill, that which is to be, 186; ok er (is) Vagn þá fimtán vetra gamall, er þetta er, when this came to pass, Fms. xi. 97; at þessi orrosta hafi verit á öðrum degi viku, iii. 11; í þann tið var úfriðr Kristnum mönnum, Ver. 43; hvat er henni, what is the matter with her? Fms. ii. 290; hvat er þér, Atli? er þér hryggt í hug, Gkv. 3.
    3. to last; meðan þingit væri, Nj. 12; hirðit eigi at óttask píslir þeirra—þvíat stund eina eru, 623. 32; meðan líf hans var, Bret. 100; þykkir eigi vera mega svá búit, Fms. xi. 62: to remain, leave alone, láttu það vera, let that be, Flóv.
    4. to be, dwell, stay, sojourn; vask til Róms, I was at Rome, Sighvat; hann bað hana vera í búð sinni, Nj. 12; Gunnarr var á Höskuld-stöðum um nótt, passed a night there, 34, N. G. L. i. 347: so the phrase, biðja að lofa sér að vera, to ask for night-quarters, of a stranger or traveller; lofa honum að vera, to take a stranger in; honum var boðit at vera, Vápn. 23; hefi ek hér verit síðan, Nj. 45; Hallkell var þar með Otkatli, 73; þeir vildu eigi vesa hér við heiðna menn, Íb. 4; vera samvistum við e-n, Grág. ii. 80; vera við e-t, to be present at, Hom. 129: vera at, to be present; vark at þar, Glúm.: vera brottu, to be away, absent, Nj. 113; meðan ek em í brautu, 52: sagðisk eigi vita hvar þau væri, were to be found, Dipl. ii. 20; hvar ertu? slá ein var um þvert skipit, Nj. 44; hygg ek at þar hafi verit Bolli, Ld. 274; er þér hér nú minja-griprinn, Nj. 203: as with the notion of ‘towards’ a place, an irregular construction, vartú á land upp, Fas. ii. 174; meðan þeir vóru til Danmerkr, Fms. x. 104; Ribbungar höfðu ekki verit út í landit, ix. 359; verit eigi til orrostu, vii. 263, v. l.; vera á fund hans, Eg. 26.
    5. with prepp.; vera at, to be busy at (see ‘at’ A. II, p. 26, col. 2): vera fyrir, to lead (see fyrir): vera til, to exist (see til IV); eiga fjölskyldi, vandræði, um at vera, to be in straits (see um C. VII); e-m er mikit, lítið, ekki um e-t (see um C. I. 3); vera við (see við B. VIII).
    II. with a predicate:
    1. with a noun, to be so and so; vera bróðir, systir, faðir, sonr, dóttir … e-s, vera konungr, jarl, biskup …, passim; hvers son ertú?—Ek emk Kattarson, Mork. 104; ek skal þer Mörðr vera, Nj. 15: followed by a gen. ellípt., er þat ekki karla, that is not men’s (affair), 75; er þat ekki margra, ‘that is not for many,’ few are equal to that (cp. Lat. ‘non cuivis homini,’ etc.), 48.
    2. with adjectives, to be so and so, of a state or condition; vera kunnigr, Fms. x. 370; vera glaðr, sæll, hryggr, dauðr, lifandi, … ungr, gamall, to be glad …, young, old, passim; þó at ek sjákk ótignari, Mork. 89; nema ek dauðr sják, Hbl. 9; þótt ek sják einn, Mork. 134; vera kominn, to be come: so too with adverbs, vera vel, ílla … til e-s, er við e-n, to be, behave well, ill … to one, passim; or also, þat er ílla, it is sad, Nj. 70, 71; ílla er þá, fyrr væri ílla, 75, 260; drengr góðr, þar sem vel skyldi vera, when it was to be, i. e. when she wished, 147; vera spakliga í heraði, to behave gently, Sturl. iii. 143; at þú frændr þína vammalaust verir, to behave blamelessly, Sdm. 22; orð kvað hann þats án veri, words which he had better not have said, Am. 36.
    3. impers., e-t er skylt, it is incumbent, Grág.; e-m er varmt, heitt, kalt, one is warm, cold, Nj. 95; er auðit, q. v.
    4. with participles, in a passive sense; vera kallaðr, vera sagðr, tekinn, elskaðr, etc., to be called, said, taken, loved.
    5. with infin.; hlymr var at heyra, was to hear, i. e. to be heard, Am.; þar var at sjá, there was to be seen, passim.
    6. ellipt., dropping a noun or the like, denoting futurity, necessity, a thing at hand, about to happen, or to be done; ok er hér at þiggja, Hrafn, þann greiða sem þú vill, and it is now for thee, Rafn, to partake of what food thou wilt, Ísl. ii. 262; nú er þeim út at ganga öllum, er leyft er, now it is for them to go out, Nj. 200; nú er at verja sik, 83; er nú eigi Kára at varask, now there is no need to beware of K., 259; nú er at segja frá, now is to be told, 75, 259; er nú ekki fyrr frá at segja en þeir koma …, 21; er ekki um hans ferðir at tala fyrr en …, 215.
    III. irregular usages:
    1. ellipse of the infin. vera; ek skal þér Hrútr, I will [be] Hrútr to thee, Nj. 15; Gunnarr segir sér þat alvöru, G. says it [ is to be] his earnestness, 49; vil ek þá lauss máls þessa, 76; bað hann alla metta at miðri nótt, he begged all eating [ to be over] at midnight, Fms. ix. 353; þá þótti hverjum gott þar sem sat, Nj. 50; at skamt skyli okkar í meðal, 114; mun þín skömm lengi uppi, mun hans vörn uppi meðan landit er bygt, 116, 117: or also ‘var,’ ‘er’ may be understood, hann hafði hjálm á höfði, og gyrðr sverði, 70; sá ek glöggt hvat títt var,—barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju, a bairn in age, and to have slain such a champion! Glúm. 382: the dropping of the infin. vera is esp. freq. after the reflex. forms kveðsk, segjask, látask, þykkjask, virðask, sýnask when followed by a part. pret. or by an adjective, as also after the verbs munu, skulu,—thus, hann sagðisk kominn, he said he was come; hann lezt búinn, he made as if he was ready; hann þóttisk staddr, he thought that he was …; skal þat á þínu umdæmi, Fms. xi. 89; þess eins er mér þykkir betr, … til hvers þykkjast þessir menn færir, Hrafn. 17; mun þat harðla lítið, 21; at fátt muni manna á fótum, 20; þú virðisk okkr vaskr maðr, 23; þessi hestr sýnisk mér eigi betri en aðrir, id.
    2. an irregularity, occurring now and then, is the use of the sing. ‘er’ for plur. eru; mannföll þessi er sögð, Gullþ. 71; nú er fram komin sóknar-gögn, Nj. 242.
    IV. recipr., erusk, vórusk; viðr-gefendr ok endr-gefendr erosk lengst vinir, Hm. 40; þeir er í nánd erusk, those who are neighbours, 655 xxi. 3; þótt þau sésk eigi hjóna, though they be not man and wife, K. Þ. K. 158; ok városk góðir vinir, were good friends, Fms. xi. 39, 89; ok várusk þeir fóstbræðr, 55.
    V. as to the poët. medial form, erumk, várumk (see ek C), the following instances are from the poems of Egil: grimmt várumk hlið, the breach was cruel to me, Stor.; erumk-a leitt, it is not to me, Eg. (in a verse); erumka þokkt þjóða sinni, see sinni II; mærðar-efni erumk auð-skæf, Ad.; mjök erum(k) tregt tungu at hræra, it is hard for me to move the tongue, Stor. 1; (hence one might correct the end verse of that poem into nú ‘erumk’ torvelt, for the modernised nú ‘er mér’ torvelt); blautr erumk bergi-fótar borr, Eg. (at the end); to which add, þat erumk sennt, it is told us, Bragi; lyst várumk þess, I had a longing to, Am. 74; ván erumk, ‘a hope is to me,’ I hope, Fagrsk. 122; the phrase, títt erumk, ‘tis ready to me, Eb. (in a verse).
    VI. part., allir menn verandi ok eptir komandi, Dipl. i. 3; æ-verandi, everlasting, Hom. 107; hjá-verandi, being present, Vm. 47; nær-verandis, present; engi nær-verandis maðr, öllum lýð nær-verandis, Th. 77; klerkar ok nær-verandi leikmenn, Mar.; at upp-vesandi sólu, at sunrise, N. G. L. i. 4; verandi eigi úminnigr, being not unmindful, Fms. v. 230.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > VERA

  • 20 Caetano, Marcello José das Neves Alves

    (19061980)
       Marcello Caetano, as the last prime minister of the Estado Novo, was both the heir and successor of Antônio de Oliveira Salazar. In a sense, Caetano was one of the founders and sustainers of this unusual regime and, at various crucial stages of its long life, Caetano's contribution was as important as Salazar's.
       Born in Lisbon in 1906 to a middle-class family, Caetano was a member of the student generation that rebelled against the unstable parliamentary First Republic and sought answers to Portugal's legion of troubles in conservative ideologies such as integralism, Catholic reformism, and the Italian Fascist model. One of the most brilliant students at the University of Lisbon's Law School, Caetano soon became directly involved in government service in various ministries, including Salazar's Ministry of Finance. When Caetano was not teaching full-time at the law school in Lisbon and influencing new generations of students who became critical of the regime he helped construct, Caetano was in important government posts and working on challenging assignments. In the 1930s, he participated in reforms in the Ministry of Finance, in the writing of the 1933 Constitution, in the formation of the new civil code, of which he was in part the author, and in the construction of corporativism, which sought to control labor-management relations and other aspects of social engineering. In a regime largely directed by academics from the law faculties of Coimbra University and the University of Lisbon, Caetano was the leading expert on constitutional law, administrative law, political science, and colonial law. A prolific writer as both a political scientist and historian, Caetano was the author of the standard political science, administrative law, and history of law textbooks, works that remained in print and in use among students long after his exile and death.
       After his apprenticeship service in a number of ministries, Caetano rose steadily in the system. At age 38, he was named minister for the colonies (1944 47), and unlike many predecessors, he "went to see for himself" and made important research visits to Portugal's African territories. In 1955-58, Caetano served in the number-three position in the regime in the Ministry of the Presidency of the Council (premier's office); he left office for full-time academic work in part because of his disagreements with Salazar and others on regime policy and failures to reform at the desired pace. In 1956 and 1957, Caetano briefly served as interim minister of communications and of foreign affairs.
       Caetano's opportunity to take Salazar's place and to challenge even more conservative forces in the system came in the 1960s. Portugal's most prominent law professor had a public falling out with the regime in March 1962, when he resigned as rector of Lisbon University following a clash between rebellious students and the PIDE, the political police. When students opposing the regime organized strikes on the University of Lisbon campus, Caetano resigned his rectorship after the police invaded the campus and beat and arrested some students, without asking permission to enter university premises from university authorities.
       When Salazar became incapacitated in September 1968, President Américo Tomás named Caetano prime minister. His tasks were formidable: in the midst of remarkable economic growth in Portugal, continued heavy immigration of Portuguese to France and other countries, and the costly colonial wars in three African colonies, namely Angola, Guinea- Bissau, and Mozambique, the regime struggled to engineer essential social and political reforms, win the wars in Africa, and move toward meaningful political reforms. Caetano supported moderately important reforms in his first two years in office (1968-70), as well as the drafting of constitutional revisions in 1971 that allowed a slight liberalization of the Dictatorship, gave the opposition more room for activity, and decentrali zed authority in the overseas provinces (colonies). Always aware of the complexity of Portugal's colonial problems and of the ongoing wars, Caetano made several visits to Africa as premier, and he sought to implement reforms in social and economic affairs while maintaining the expensive, divisive military effort, Portugal's largest armed forces mobilization in her history.
       Opposed by intransigent right-wing forces in various sectors in both Portugal and Africa, Caetano's modest "opening" of 1968-70 soon narrowed. Conservative forces in the military, police, civil service, and private sectors opposed key political reforms, including greater democratization, while pursuing the military solution to the African crisis and personal wealth. A significant perspective on Caetano's failed program of reforms, which could not prevent the advent of a creeping revolution in society, is a key development in the 1961-74 era of colonial wars: despite Lisbon's efforts, the greater part of Portuguese emigration and capital investment during this period were directed not to the African colonies but to Europe, North America, and Brazil.
       Prime Minister Caetano, discouraged by events and by opposition to his reforms from the so-called "Rheumatic Brigade" of superannuated regime loyalists, attempted to resign his office, but President Américo Tomás convinced him to remain. The publication and public reception of African hero General Antônio Spinola's best-selling book Portugal e Futuro (Portugal and the Future) in February 1974 convinced the surprised Caetano that a coup and revolution were imminent. When the virtually bloodless, smoothly operating military coup was successful in what became known as the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Caetano surrendered to the Armed Forces Movement in Lisbon and was flown to Madeira Island and later to exile in Brazil, where he remained for the rest of his life. In his Brazilian exile, Caetano was active writing important memoirs and histories of the Estado Novo from his vantage point, teaching law at a private university in Rio de Janeiro, and carrying on a lively correspondence with persons in Portugal. He died at age 74, in 1980, in Brazil.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Caetano, Marcello José das Neves Alves

См. также в других словарях:

  • Born in the U.S.A. (song) — Infobox Single Name = Born in the U.S.A. Artist = Bruce Springsteen from Album = Born in the U.S.A. B side = Shut Out the Light Released = October 30, 1984 Format = 7 single, 12 single Recorded = May 1982 at the Power Station in New York Genre =… …   Wikipedia

  • Born in the U.S.A. Tour — Infobox concert tour concert tour name = Born in the U.S.A. Tour image caption= artist = Bruce Springsteen and the E Street Band location = locations = type = album= Born in the U.S.A. start date = June, 1984 end date = October, 1985 number of… …   Wikipedia

  • Born on the Fourth of July (film) — Infobox Film name = Born on the Fourth of July caption = original film poster writer = Ron Kovic (book) Oliver Stone, Ron Kovic (screenplay) starring = Tom Cruise Kyra Sedgwick Raymond J. Barry Caroline Kava Jerry Levine Frank Whaley Willem Dafoe …   Wikipedia

  • List of characters in Fist of the North Star — The following is a list of fictional characters from the manga and anime franchise Fist of the North Star by Tetsuo Hara and Buronson. All characters are from the original manga unless otherwise noted.Hokuto Shinken Hokuto Shinken (officially… …   Wikipedia

  • Rangers of the North — In J. R. R. Tolkien s legendarium, the Rangers of the North, also known as the Dúnedain of the North, were the descendants of the Dúnedain from the lost kingdom of Arnor. Their menfolk ceaselessly patrolled the boundaries of Eriador and were by… …   Wikipedia

  • Council of the North — King s Manor, York seat of the Council of the North after it was reinstated until 1641. The Council of the North was an administrative body originally set up in 1484 by king Richard III of England, the third and last Yorkist monarch to hold the… …   Wikipedia

  • Colossus of the North — The Colossus of the North is a name for the United States typically used by those who view the country as oppressive to its southern neighbors. Popular Hispanic sentiment grew against this supposed Colossus in the early 20th century, particularly …   Wikipedia

  • North Omaha, Nebraska — The southwest corner of 24th Lake Streets in North Omaha. North Omaha is a community area in Omaha, Nebraska, USA. It is bordered by Cuming and Dodge Streets on the south, Interstate 680 on the north, North 72nd Street on the west and the… …   Wikipedia

  • North Platte, Nebraska — North Platte redirects here. For the river, see North Platte River. North Platte, Nebraska   City   Grain elevator along the Union Pacif …   Wikipedia

  • North Kingstown, Rhode Island —   Town   The Gilbert Stuart Birthplace in North Kingstown …   Wikipedia

  • The Spooners of Porthmadog — refers to the Spooner family of Porthmadog, North Wales who made important contributions to the development of narrow gauge railways both locally and throughout the world. James Spooner, together with his sons James Swinton and Charles Easton and …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»